HomeMy WebLinkAbout2001-087 THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
BY-LAW 2001- 087
Being a By-law to authorize a contract between the
Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington and Ron
Robinson Limited, Bowmanville, Ontario, to enter into an
agreement for the Centre Street, and Grant Lane
Reconstruction and Low Street and Beech Avenue Storm
Sewers, Bowmanville.
THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON HEREBY ENACTS
AS FOLLOWS:
1. THAT the Mayor and Clerk are hereby authorized to execute, on behalf of the
Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington with the Corporation Seal, a contract
between Ron Robinson Limited, Bowmanville, Ontario, and said Corporation; and
2. THAT the contract attached hereto as Schedule "A"form part of this By-law.
By-law read a first and second time this 14 day of May , 2001.
By-law read a third time and finally passed this 14 day ofMay , 2 1.
Joh Muttb-F�Mavor
L. arne, ionicipal Clerk
El
CORPORATION OF
THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
CENTRE STREET, GRANT LANE AND LOWE STREET
RECONSTRUCTION
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11
February 2001
UH
® engineers
architects
planners
TSH No. 12-10920/10938/10939/29029
i
AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT made in quadruplicate this 17th day of April 2001
I
BETWEEN: RON ROBINSON LIMITED
of the Regional Municipality of Durham and Province of Ontario
hereinafter called the "Contractor"
THE PARTY OF THE FIRST PART
- and -
the CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
hereinafter called the "Purchaser"
i
THE PARTY OF THE SECOND PART
i
G _
WITNESSETH, that the party of the first part, for and in consideration of the payment or
payments specified in the tender for this work hereby agrees to furnish all necessary machinery, tools,
equipment, supplies, labour, and other means of construction and, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, to do all
the work as described hereafter, furnish all the materials except as herein otherwise specified, and to
complete such works in strict accordance with the plans, specifications and tender therefore, all of which are
to be read herewith and form part of this present agreement as fully and completely to all intents and purposes
as though all the stipulations thereof have been embodied herein.
Page 1 of 3
DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK AND LIST OF DOCUMENTS
Contract No. CL2001-11, Centre Street, Grant Lane and Lowe Street Reconstruction,
Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington.
Addendum No. 1 dated March 26, 2001
Modifications to Addendum No. 1 dated March 26, 2001
A. TENDER FORM: General Pages 1 and 2
Itemized Bid Pages 3 to 13
Bonds
Schedule of Tender Data Page 15
B. STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS
C. INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS Pages 1 to 6
I
D. SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL Pages 1 to 26
E. SPECIAL PROVISIONS - TENDER ITEMS Pages 1 to 16
F. STANDARDS
G. BREAKDOWN SHEET
H. PLANS: Drawings No. 1 - 13 and W-S-1 to W-S-5
I. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS: the following Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications and Region
of Durham Specifications, revised March 2000.
OPSS No. Date OPSS No. Date OPSS No. Date OPSS No. Date
127 Current 314 Dec. 1993 405 Feb. 1990 510 Oct. 1993
128 Current 351 Sept. 1996 407 Oct. 1989 570 Aug. 1990
201 Feb. 1996 352 Nov. 2000 410 Apr. 1999 571 Aug. 1990
206 Nov. 2000 353 Sept. 1996 501 Feb. 1996 577 Feb. 1996
310 Mar. 1993 355 Sept. 1996 506 May 1994
l
J. GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION (Borehole Logs)
K. GENERAL CONDITIONS: OPS General Conditions of Contract (September 1999)
All plans and documents referred to in the specifications
The Contractor further agrees that he will deliver the whole of the works completed in accordance with
this agreement on or before the expiration of seventy (70) working days from the commencement date of
May 7, 2001.
Page 2 of 3
IN CONSIDERATION WHEREOF said party of the second part agrees to pay to the Contractor for all
work done, the unit prices on the Tender.
This agreement shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators
and assigns of the Contractor and on the heirs and successors of the Purchaser.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Contractor and the Purchaser have hereunto signed their names and set
their seals on the day first above written.
SIGNED and sealed by the Contractor
in the presence of )
I )
i'
SIGNED and sealed by the Purchaser
)
J hn Mutton, Mayor
i
in the presence of )
1 ) P
Pa arr' _ , lem
Page 3 of 3
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11
MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
Centre Street, Grant Lane and Lowe Street Reconstruction
ADDENDUM NO. 1 1 of 1
Contractors are hereby notified of the following modifications to Contract No. CL2001-11.
ITEMIZED BID Page 10
Add Item No. 31A (Provisional)
50 mm PVC Duct- Direct Buried (OPS 603) 775 m.
Add Item No. 31B (Provisional)
300 mm Dia. Concrete Handhole (OPSD 2112.01) 4 ea.
STANDARD DRAWINGS
Detail 2 is added to the list of standard drawings.
Works under the above Items applies to Centre Street only.
All tenders must be submitted on the basis of these modifications.
This Addendum shall remain attached to and form part of all tenders submitted.
TSH
Engineers, Architects and Planners
513 Division Street
COBOURG, Ontario K9A 5G6
March 26, 2001
P/12-10920/Specs/18536/2412/C
TM
CONTRACT NO. C12001-11
MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
Centre Street, Grant Lane and Lowe Street Reconstruction
MODIFICATIONS TO ADDENDUM NO.1
IofI
ITEMIZED BID: Page 10 should read Page 5
STANDARD DRAWINGS
Detail 2 is attached.
Works under the above Items applies to Centre Street only.
TSH
Engineers, Architects and Planners
513 Division Street
COBOURG, Ontario K9A 5G6
March 26, 2001
P/12-10920/Specs/18536.1/24/2/C
CONCRETE SIDEWALK AS REQUIRED
SEE TYPICAL SECTION
FOR BOULEVARD TREATMENT
600mm 75mm
75mm
75mmD-
50mm DUCT
SCREENED SAND
STREET LIGHTING DUCT DETAIL
N.T.S.
MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
CENTRE STREET
'BOWMANVILLE'
STREET LIGHT DUCT DETAIL
J_
MARCH 2001 a
PROJECT No. 12-10920 ICONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 DETAIL 2 0
PROJECT: TENDER FOR CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11
CENTRE STREET, GRANT LANE AND LOWE STREET
RECONSTRUCTION
AUTHORITY: CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
CONTRACT ADMINISTRATOR: TOTTEN SIMS HUBICKI ASSOCIATES
ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS and PLANNERS
513 DIVISION STREET
COBOURG, ONTARIO. K9A 5G6
Telephone: 905: 372-2121 Fax: 905: 372-3621
TENDERER: RON ROBINSON LIMITED
Name
3075 Maple,grove Road
BOWMANVILLE. Ontario. L1C 3K4
Address (include Postal Code)
905-697-0400 905-697-0581
Telephone and Fax Numbers
Ronald D. Robinson
Name of Person Signing
Vice-President
Position of Person Signing
TENDERS RECEIVED BY: Mrs. Patti Barrie, Clerk
Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington
Municipal Administration Centre
40 Temperance Street
BOWMANVILLE, Ontario. L1C 3A6
P/12-10920/Specs/I8383A
Page 1 of 15 pages
TENDER CONTRACT NO. CL200141
To: The Mayor and Members of Council
Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington
Re: Contract No. CL2001-11,
Centre Street, Grant Lane and Lowe Street Reconstruction
Dear Mayor and Members of Council:
The Contractor has carefully examined the Plans, Provisions, Specifications and Conditions described herein
as part of the work to be done under this Contract. The Contractor understands and accepts the said Plans,
Provisions, Specifications and Conditions, and, for the prices set forth in this Tender, hereby offers to furnish
all machinery, tools, apparatus and other means of construction, furnish all materials, except as otherwise
specified in the Contract, and to complete the work in strict accordance with the said Plans, Provisions,
Specifications and Conditions.
The Contractor understands and accepts that the quantities shown are approximate only, and are subject to
increase, decrease, or deletion entirely if found not to be required.
Attached to this tender is a bid deposit in the amount specified in Clause 3 of the Instructions to Tenderers,
made payable to the Authority. This cheque or bid bond shall constitute a deposit which shall be forfeited to
the Authority if the successful Contractor fails to file with the Authority a 100% Performance Bond, and a
100% Labour and Material Payment Bond, satisfactory to the Authority within ten(10) calendar days from the
date of receipt of Notice of Acceptance of the Tender.
Notification of acceptance may be given and delivery of the form of Agreement made by prepaid post,
addressed to the Contractor at the address contained in this Tender.
Page 2 of 15 pages
ITEMIZED BID CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11
In accordance with the first paragraph of this Tender, the Contractor hereby offers to complete the work specified
for Contract No. CL2001-11 for the following unit prices.
Spec. No. - The numbers in this column refer to the applicable issue of the Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications
SP - Refers to Special Provisions
(P) - Plan Quantity Payment Item
ROD - Region of Durham Specifications
Item spec. _ Desc>t7tron of Item Unit Quantity Umt Price Total
No... .. .' No..... .
SECTION 1 -ROADWORKS
1. 201 Site Preparation LS $9,046.00
SP
2. 206 Earth Excavation(Grading) m3 3140 6.72 21,100.80
SP (P)
3. 310 Hot Mix HL-4 t 490 58.23 28,532.70
SP
4. 310 Hot Mix HL-3A (Entrances) t 110 87.13 9,584.30
SP
5. 314 Granular `A' t 2710 16.78 45,473.80
SP
6. 314 Granular `B', Type 1 t 3450 9.88 34,086.00
SP
7. 351 Concrete in sidewalk m2 830 37.11 30,801.30
SP
8. 352 Concrete Steps m3 2 498.75 997.50
9. 355 Interlocking Brick Pavers on Sand m2 50 42.35 2,117.50
SP & Granular `A' Base
10. 353 Concrete Curb and Gutter in 1070 34.65 37,075.50
SP All Types
11. 405 150 mm Subdrain with Geotextile in 694 9.63 6,683.22
SP (Plastic)
12. 410 150 mm dia.PVC SDR 28 Storm in 20 99.54 1,990.80
SP Lateral, including Excavation,
Embedment and Native Backfill
13. 410 300 mm dia. CP Class 3 Storm 13,311.09
SP Sewer, including excavation, `B' in 117 113.77
Bedding and Granular Backfill
ITEMIZED BID CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11
In accordance with the first paragraph of this Tender, the Contractor hereby offers to complete the work specified
for Contract No. CL2001-11 for the following unit prices.
Itern� Spec Descrzption of Item Unit Quantity ; Unit Price Total
o . ...'... o > .
14. 410 375 nun dia. CP Class 50D Storm 13,877.82
SP Sewer, including excavation, `B' m 81.5 170.28
Bedding and Granular Backfill
15. 410 375 mm dia. CSP Gauge 1.6 mm 416.01
SP Storm Sewer including m 3 138.67
Excavation, Embedment and
Native Backfill
16. 410 525 mm dia. CP CL50-D Storm 10,655.54
SP Sewer including excavation, `B' m 54.9 194.09
Bedding and Granular Backfill
17. 410 600 mm dia. CP CL-50-D Storm 35,636.67
SP Sewer including excavation, `B' m 164.3 216.90
-
Bedding and Granular Backfill
18. 407 600 mm x 600 mm Precast ea 10 1,332.42 13,324.20
SP Catchbasins (OPSD 705.010)
19. 407 600 mm x 1200 mm Twin inlet 1 2,077.64 2,077.64
SP CB (OPSD 705.020)
20. 407 1200 mm dia. Precast ea 7 2,235.11 15,645.77
SP Maintenance holes (OPSD
701.010)
- 21. 407 1500 mm dia. Precast ea 1 3,512.05 3,512.05
SP Maintenance holes (OPSD
701.011)
22. 501 Water for Compaction and Dust m3 350 8.96 3,136.00
Suppression
23. 506 Calcium Chloride Flake kg 3050 0.87 2,653.50
24. 510 Removal of Concrete Road Base m2 2760 2.80 7,728.00
SP (non-reinforced)
25. 510 Removal of Sewers m 324 3.36 1,088.64
SP
26. 510 Removal of Maintenance holes ea 16 224.00 3,584.00
SP and Catchbasins
27. 510 Removal of Sidewalk mZ 890 3.92 3,488.80
SP
ITEMIZED BID CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11
In accordance with the first paragraph of this Tender, the Contractor hereby offers to complete the work specified
for Contract No. CL2001-11 for the following unit prices.
Item Spec Deserxptian of Item Unit Quantity ITnYt Priee Taal
»:::;
28. 510 Removal of Curb and Gutter m 840 4.48 3,763.20
SP
29. 570 Topsoil (Imported) and Sod m2 1650 4.46 7,359.00
571 (Nursery, unstaked)
SP
30. SP Tree planting 1,580.25
a) Cumulus Serviceberry ea 7 225.75
b) Hackberry ea 4 252.00 1,008.00
c) Paul's Scarlet Hawthorn ea 7 183.75 1,286.25
d) Skyline Locust ea 7 236.25 1,653.75
e) Flowering Japanese Cherry ea 10 210.00 2,100.00
f) Autumn Blaze Red Maple ea 2 283.50 567.00
) Marshall's Seedless Ash ea 3 262.50 787.50
h) White Oak ea 1 388.50 388.50
i) Red Oak ea 2 393.75 787.50
31. SP Miscellaneous Landscaping LS 15,000.00 15,000.00
31A Provisional Item m 775 16.80 13,020.00
50 mm PVC Duct- Direct Buried
(OPSD 603)
31B Provisional Item ea 4 420.00 1,680.00
300 mm Dia. Concrete Handhole
(OPSD 2112.01)
PROVISIONAL ITEMS - LOWE STREET AND BEECH AVENUE
32. 410 300 nun Dia. CP, Class 3 Storm 3,637.72
SP Sewer, Including Excavation `B' m 16.6 219.14
Bedding and Granular Backfill
33. 410 375 mm Dia. CSP Gauge 1.6 mm 695.16
SP Storm Sewer, Including m 3.0 231.72
Excavation, Embedment and
Granular Backfill
ITEMIZED BID CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11
In accordance with the first paragraph of this Tender, the Contractor hereby offers to complete the work specified
for Contract No. CL2001-11 for the following unit prices.
Item Spec. Descri tion of Item Unit aatttt . IJmt Price TctaI
p .....:......... ... Q
. :::::
No i�o <:: <>::::
34. 410 450 mm Dia. CP Class 50-D 16,105.64
SP Storm Sewer, Including m 71 226.84
Excavation, `B' Bedding and
Granular Backfill
35. 410 525 mm Dia. CP Class 50-D m 45 212.01 9,540.45
SP Storm Sewer, Including
Excavation `B' Bedding and
Native Backfill
36. 407 600 mm x 600 mm Precast ea 3 1,493.32 4,479.96
SP Catchbasins (OPSD 705.010)
37. 407 1200 mm dia. Precast ea 2 2,282.23 4,564.46
SP Maintenance Hole (OPSD
701.010)
38. 510 Removal of Concrete Road Base m2 240 5.46 1,310.40
SP (non-reinforced)
39. 510 Removal of Sewers m 63 3.36 211.68
40. 510 Removal of Maintenance Holes ea 3 224.00 672.00
SP and Catchbasins
41. ROD Replace 100 mm Sanitary Laterals m 20 97.44 1,948.80
SP (Provisional)
42. ROD Replace 19 mm Copper Water m 20 44.80 896.00
SP Services (Provisional)
43. ROD Deflect watermain 150 mm Dia. LS 2,307.20
SP Under Storm Sewer (Provisional)
TOTAL - Section 1 (carried forward to Summary) 454,975.58
SECTION 2 - SANITARY SEWER AND APPURTENANCES
2.01 ROD I Pipe (Not including Restoration)
SP
ITEMIZED BID CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11
In accordance with the first paragraph of this Tender, the Contractor hereby offers to complete the work specified
for Contract No. CL2001-11 for the following unit prices.
Item Spec. DescrID on of Item ilnit Qilantxty TTmtt Pace Total
xx
.02 200 mm dia. (3.1 to 4.5 m depth)
.02A MH# S-2 to MH# S-1 m 6 129.60 777.60
.02B MH# S-3 to MH# 14-28 m 42.2 129.60 5,469.12
.02C MH# 14-84 to MH# 14-31 m 70.7 129.60 9,162.72
.021) MH# S-4 to MH# 14-84 m 6 129.60 777.60
.02E MH# S-5 to MH# 14-84 m 62.3 129.60 8,074.08
.02F MH# 14-35 to MH# S-5 m 62 129.60 8,035.20
.02G MH# S-6 to MH# 14-40 m 10.4 129.60 1,347.84
02H Pipe to MH# S-6 m 2.0 129.60 259.20
.07 250 mm dia. (3.1 to 4.5 depth)
.07A MH# S-1 to MH# 14-25 m 46.7 139.95 6,535.67
.078 MH# 14-28 to MH# S-1 m 10.8 139.95 1,511.46
.07C MH# 14-31 to MH# 14-28 m 115.2 139.95 16,122.24
07D MH #14-31 to MH #14-40 m 34.4 139.95 4,814.28
.07E MH#14-40 to Pipe m 16.1 139.95 2,253.20
2.02 ROD Extra over Item No. 2.03
SP
.03 Trench Restoration with:
ITEMIZED BID CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11
In accordance with the first paragraph of this Tender, the Contractor hereby offers to complete the work specified
for Contract No. CL2001-11 for the following unit prices.
Item Spec. ; Description of Item Unit Qaantity IJtnt Pace TtrtaI
No.... No..
a) Topsoil and Sod m2 290 4.46 1,293.40
b) Gravel m2 30 10.10 303.00
c) Concrete m2 40 45.36 1,814.40
d) Asphalt m2 40 21.23 849.20
e) Brick Pavers m2 20 43.47 869.40
.09 ROD Provisional Item: Extra over items
2.01, 2.03
a) Granular Backfill t 500 5.60 2,800.00
b) Sand Fill t 500 3.36 1,680.00
2.03 ROD Service Connections
SP (Not including Restoration)
.01 100 mm dia. PVC m 416 91.84 38,205.44
.02 150 mm dia. PVC m 32 104.16 3,333.12
.05 Provisional Item: ea 35 229.60 8,036.00
Cleanouts as per S-303
2.04 ROD Maintenance holes
SP
.O1 Remove Existing Maintenance ea 6 280.00 1,680.00
hole - Com letel
.04 Break Into Existing and Rebench ea 1 392.00 392.00
as per S-113 -Maintenance hole
#14-25
.07 S-101, 1200 mm dia. Precast
Concrete Maintenance Holes.
less than 3.0 m deep)
ITEMIZED BID CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11
In accordance with the first paragraph of this Tender, the Contractor hereby offers to complete the work specified
for Contract No. CL2001-11 for the following unit prices.
Item Spec. Descrptian of.... ........
t
.... ..................
............... .............
..........
Total.
.............-....... ......
....................... ..
..
...... ..
...........................
...... ...... ........
............ ....................
..................
..........1-11--.1......... ...... ...................
......................................................-...............
.07A Maintenance hole#S-3 LS 2,556.06
.08 S-101, 1200 mm dia. Precast
Concrete Maintenance hole
(3.1 rn to 4.5 rn deep)
.08A Maintenance hole#S-1 LS 3,008.78
.08B Maintenance hole#S-2 LS 2,827.29
.08C Maintenance hole#14-28 LS 3,008.78
.08D Maintenance hole#14-31 - Drop LS 3,190.27
Structure
.08E Maintenance hole#S-4 LS 3,097.24
.08F Maintenance hole#S-5 LS 3,190.27
.08G Maintenance hole#14-84 LS 3,190.27
.08H Maintenance hole#14-35 LS 3,097.24
081 Maintenance hole#14-40 LS 2,919.05
.08J Maintenance hole#S-6 LS 2,915.75
TOTAL - Section 2 (carried forward to Summary) 159,397.16
SECTION 3 - WATERMAIN AND APPURTENANCES
3.01 ROD Pipe (Not Including Restoration)
SP
.02 150 mm dia. PVC In 219.1 144.25 31,605.18
.03 200 mm dia. PVC rn 280.5 143.72 40,313.46
ITEMIZED BID CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11
In accordance with the first paragraph of this Tender, the Contractor hereby offers to complete the work specified
for Contract No. CL2001-11 for the following unit prices.
Itexri Spec Deeription of Item Unit Quant►ty I7mt Price Tti#al
.04 Remove Existing Valve Box ea 1 44.80 44.80
.06 Concrete Plug in Abandoned pipe ea 6 246.40 1,478.40
(including separate excavation)
3.02 ROD Extra over item 3.05
SP
.03 Trench Restoration with: 4.46 89.20
a) Topsoil and Nursery Sod m2 20
b) Gravel m2 20 10.10 202.00
c) Concrete m2 20 45.36 907.20
d) Asphalt m2 20 21.23 424.60
e) Brick Paver m2 20 43.47 869.40
3.03 ROD Valves
SP
.02 150 mm dia. Gate Valve and Box ea 5 705.60 3,528.00
per S-408
.03 200 mm dia. Gate Valve and Box ea 5 873.60 4,368.00
per 5-408
3.04 ROD Hydrants
SP
.01 New Hydrant with Storz Pump ea 6 2,761.06 16,566.36
Nozzle per 5-432
.02 Hydrant Barrier as per 5-416 ea 1 1,036.00 1,036.00
(Provisional)
.03 Temporary Flushing Hydrant ea 3 672.00 2,016.00
.05 Remove Existing Hydrant ea 3 280.00 840.00
3.05 ROD Services
SP (Not including restoration)
.01 19 mm Main Stop ea 34 248.64 8,453.76
.02 25 mm Main Stop ea 4 263.20 1,052.80
ITEMIZED BID CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11
In accordance with the first paragraph of this Tender, the Contractor hereby offers to complete the work specified
for Contract No. CL2001-11 for the following unit prices.
Item Spec. Description of Item Unit QuantYty Umt Price TttaI
1�0.:.. . To.......
.06 19 mm Curb Stop and Box ea 34 106.40 3,617.60
.07 25 mm Curb Stop and Box ea 4 117.60 470.40
.11 19 mm dia. Copper Pipe m 236 36.14 8,529.04
.12 25 mm dia. Copper Pipe m 35 38.58 1,350.30
3.06 ROD Test Points
SP
O1. 19 mm dia. Test Point as per ea 2 504.00 1,008.00
S-429
3.11 ROD Temporary Water Supply
SP
.01 Temporary Water Supply to ea 38 224.00 8,512.00
Residences
.40 Provisional Item:
Extra over items 3.01.02,
3.01.03, 3.05.11
a) Granular Backfill t 500 1 5.60 2,800.00
b) Sand Fill t 500 3.36 1,680.00
TOTAL - Section 3 (carried forward to Summary) 141,762.50
SECTION 5: CONTINGENCIES
1. Stone Below Pipe Bedding
.1 0.00 m to 3.75 m m3 45.00
.2 3.75 m to 5.25 m m3 48.00
.3 5.25 m to 6.75 m m3 55.00
.4 6.75 m to 8.25 m m3 65.00
.5 8.25 m to 9.75 m m3 77.00
2. Extra Excavation in Trenches
1 0.00 m to 3.75 m m3 12.00
ITEMIZED BID CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11
In accordance with the first paragraph of this Tender, the Contractor hereby offers to complete the work specified
for Contract No. CL2001-11 for the following unit prices.
Item Spee. Desc�rtptian of Item Unit QuantYty LTmt Pree Total
No::.... No... . !!
.6 New Box Complete ea 320.00
.7 Trench Rock Excavation m3 200.00
.8 Calcium Chloride (Flake) tonne 700.00
TOTAL - Section 5 - (carried forward to Summary)
SECTION 8: GENERAL ITEMS
8.02.01 SP One Hundred Percent(100%)
Performance and Guarantee
Maintenance Bond, Liability LS 13,516.16
Insurance and Labour and
Material Payment Bond
8.03.01 SP Mobilization and Demobilization LS 1,120.00
TOTAL - Section 8 - (carried forward to Summary) 14,636.16
SUMMARY Total Section 1. Roadworks $454,975.58
Total Section 2. Sanitary Sewers $159,397.16
Total Section 3. Watermains $141,762.50
Total Section 5. Contingencies
Total Section 8. General Items $14,636.16
Total (excluding GST) $770,771.39
GST (7% of Total) 53,954.00
TOTAL`X'LNDER AMOUNT $$24;725.39
Tenderer's GST Registration No. R104620729
AGREEMENT TO BOND (to be completed by Bonding Company) CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11
Bond No. TS306323/15
WE, the Undersigned, HEREBY AGREE to become bound as Surety for
RON ROBINSON LIMITED
in a Performance Bond totalling ONE HUNDRED PERCENT (100%) of the Total Tender amount, and a
Labour and Material Payment Bond totalling ONE HUNDRED PERCENT(100%) of the Total Tender
amount, and conforming to the Instruments of Contract attached hereto, for the full and due performance of the
works shown or described herein, if the Tender for Contract No. CL2001-11 is accepted by the Authority.
IT IS A CONDITION of this Agreement that if the above mentioned Tender is accepted, application
for a Performance Bond and a Labour and Material Payment Bond must be made to the Undersigned within
TEN (10) DAYS of Notice of Contract Award, otherwise the Agreement shall be null and void.
DATED AT Toronto this 23rd day of March 2001
The Guarantee Company of North America
Name of Bonding Company
Brian Edmunds
Signature of Authorized Person
Signing for Bonding Company
(BONDING COMPANY SEAL)
Attorney-In-Fact
Position
(This Form shall be completed and attached to the Tender Submitted).
SCHEDULE OF TENDER DATA CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11
The work specified in the Contract shall be performed in strict accordance with the following Schedule:
A. TENDER FORM: General Pages 1 and 2
Itemized Bid Pages 3 to 13
Agreement to Bond Page 14
Schedule of Tender Data Page 15
B. STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS
C. INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS Pages 1 to 6
D. SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL Pages 1 to 26
E. SPECIAL PROVISIONS - TENDER ITEMS Pages 1 to 16
F. STANDARDS
G. BREAKDOWN SHEET
H. PLANS: Drawings No. 1 - 13 and W-S-1 to W-S-5
I. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS:
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain the applicable edition of the following Ontario
Provincial Standard Specifications and Region of Durham Specifications, revised March 2000.
OPSS No. Date OPSS No. Date OPSS No. Date OPSS No. Date
127 Current 314 Dec. 1993 405 Feb. 1990 510 Oct. 1993
128 Current 351 Sept. 1996 407 Oct. 1989 570 Aug. 1990
201 Feb. 1996 352 Nov. 2000 410 Apr. 1999 571 Aug. 1990
206 Nov. 2000 353 Sept. 1996 501 Feb. 1996 577 Feb. 1996
310 Mar. 1993 355 Sept. 1996 506 May 1994
J. GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION (Borehole Logs)
K. GENERAL CONDITIONS: OPS General Conditions of Contract(September 1999)
The Contractor, by this Tender, offers to complete the work of this Contract in strict accordance with the terms
contained herein.
By my/our signature hereunder, I/we hereby identify this as the Schedule of Tender Data, Plans and
Specifications, for Contract No. CL2001-11, executed by me/us bearing date the 25th
day of March 20 1
SIGNATURE
POSITION: k/ President
(COMPANY SEAL)
NAME OF FIRM: RON ROBINSON LIMITED
i
CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
I
i
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS
i
I
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS
The Municipality of Clarington's "Standard Terms and Conditions" shall apply to this Contract
except where noted below.
• Clause 8 of the "Standard Terms and Conditions" shall be superceded by Clause 6—
"Payments" of the "Special Provisions—General" Section of the Contract.
• Clause 15 of the "Standard Terms and Conditions" shall be superceded by Clause 1 —
"Guaranteed Maintenance" of the "Special Provisions—General" Section of the
Contract.
• Clause 16 of the "Standard Terms and Conditions" is not applicable to this Contract.
j • Clause 23 of the "Standard Terms and Conditions" shall be superceded by Clause
6.03.02 of the OPS General Conditions of Contract (September 1999) which requires a
$5,000,000.00 liability coverage.
i
• Clause 26 of the "Standard Terms and Conditions" shall be superceded by Clause 9—
"Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS)", Clause 13—
"Compliance with the Occupational Health and Safety Act" (which also includes the
Municipalilty of Clarington's "Contractor Safety" Documents) and Clause 14—
"Governmental Requirements" all from the "Special Provisions—General" Section of
the Contract.
j
I
f
Term-MOC.Doc/B2/M
i
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS
I
1. DEFINITIONS
Municipality-The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington, its successors and assigns. j
Bidder-The person, firm or corporation submitting a bid to the Municipality.
i
Company - The person, contractor, firm or corporation to whom the Municipality has awarded the
contract, it successors and assigns.
Contract - The purchase order authorizing the company to perform the work, purchase order
alterations, the document and addenda, the bid, and surety.
i
Subcontractor-A person, firm or corporation having a contract with the company for, or any part of,
the work.
Document - The document(s) issued by the Municipality in response to which bids are invited to
perform the work in accordance with the specifications contained in the document.
Bid-An offer by a Bidder in response to the document issued by the Municipality.
Work - All labour, materials, products, articles, fixtures, services, supplies, and acts required to be
done, furnished or performed by the company, which are subject to the Contract.
i
2. SUBMISSION OF BID
Bid invitation shall be in accordance with the Municipality of Clarington Purchasing By-law#94-129
and will apply for the calling, receiving, and opening of bids. The Municipality will be responsible for
evaluating bids, awarding and administering the contract in accordance with the Purchasing By-law.
The bid must be submitted on the form(s) and in the envelope supplied by the Municipality unless
otherwise provided herein. The envelope must not be covered by any outside wrappings, i.e. courier
envelopes or other coverings.
The bid must be signed by a designated signing officer of the Bidder.
If a joint bid is submitted, it must be signed on behalf of each of the Bidders.
The bid must be legible, written in ink, or typewritten. Any form of erasure, strikeout or over-writing
must be initialled by the Bidder's authorized signing officer.
The bid must not be restricted by a covering letter, a statement added, or by alterations to the
document unless otherwise provided herein. i
Failure to return the document or invitation may result in the removal of the Bidder from the
Municipality's bidder's list.
i
A bid received after the closing date and time will not be considered and will be returned, unopened.
Should a dispute arise from the terms and conditions of any part of the contract, regarding meaning,
intent or ambiguity, the decision of the Municipality shall be final.
3. CONTRACT
i
The contract consists of the documents aforementioned.
The contract and portions thereof take precedence in the order in which they are named above,
notwithstanding the chronological order in which they are issued or executed.
The intent of the contract is that the Company shall supply work which is fit and suitable for the
Municipality's intended use and complete for a particular purpose.
None of the conditions contained in the Bidder's standard or general conditions of sale shall be of
any effect unless explicitly agreed to by the Municipality and specifically referred to in the purchase
order.
4. CLARIFICATION OF THE DOCUMENT
Any clarification of the document required by the Bidder prior to submission of its bid shall be
requested through the Municipality's contact identified in the document. Any such clarification so
given shall not in any way alter the document and in no case shall oral arrangements be considered.
Every notice, advice or other communication pertaining thereto will be in the form of a written
addendum.
No officer, agent or employee of the Municipality is authorized to alter orally any portion of the
document.
I
5. PROOF OF ABILITY
The bidder may be required to show, in terms of experience and facilities, evidence of its ability, as
well as that of any proposed subcontractor, to perform the work by the specified delivery date.
6. DELIVERY
Unless otherwise stated, the work specified in the bid shall be delivered or completely performed by
the Company as soon as possible and in any event within the period set out herein as the
guaranteed period of delivery or completion after receipt of a purchase order therefor.
I
A detailed delivery ticket or piece tally, showing the exact quantity of goods, materials, articles or
equipment, shall accompany each delivery thereof. Receiving by a foreperson, storekeeper or other
such receiver shall not bind the Municipality to accept the work covered thereby, or the particulars of
the delivery ticket or piece tally therefor.
Work shall be subject to further inspection and approval by the Municipality.
The Company shall be responsible for arranging the work so that completion shall be as specified in
the contract.
Time shall be of the essence of the contract.
7. PRICING
Prices shall be in Canadian Funds, quoted separately for each item stipulated, F.O.B. destination.
Prices shall be firm for the duration of the contract.
Prices bid must include all incidental costs and the Company shall be deemed to be satisfied as to
the full requirements of the bid. No claims for extra work will be entertained and any additional work
must be authorized in writing prior to commencement. Should the Company require more
information or clarification on any point, it must be obtained prior to the submission of the bid.
i
I
I
Payment shall be full compensation for all costs related to the work, including operating and
overhead costs to provide work to the satisfaction of the Municipality.
I
All prices quoted shall include applicable customs duty, excise tax, freight, insurance, and all other
charges of every kind attributable to the work. Goods and Services Tax and Provincial Sales Tax
shall be extra and not shown, unless otherwise specified herein.
If the Bidder intends to manufacture or fabricate any part of the work outside of Canada, it shall
arrange its shipping procedures so that its agent or representative in Canada is the importer of
record for customs purposes.
Should any additional tax, duty or any variation in any tax or duty be imposed by the Government of
Canada or the Province of Ontario become directly applicable to work specified in this document
subsequent to its submission by the Bidder and before the delivery of the work covered thereby
pursuant to a purchase order issued by the Municipality appropriate increase or decrease in the
price of work shall be made to compensate for such changes as of the effective date thereof.
8. TERMS OF PAYMENT
z
Where required by the Construction Lien Act appropriate monies may be held back until 60 days
after the completion of the work.
Payments made hereunder, including final payment shall not relieve the company from its obligations
i
or liabilities under the contract.
I
Acceptance by the company of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of claims by the company
against the Municipality, except those previously made in writing in accordance with the contract and
still unsettled.
The Municipality shall have the right to withhold from any sum otherwise payable to the company
such amount as may be sufficient to remedy any defect or deficiency in the work, pending correction
of it.
l
Payment may be made 30 days after delivery pursuant to the Bidder submitting an invoice, contract
requirements being completed and work being deemed satisfactory.
9. PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS
The company shall, at its expense, defend all claims, actions or proceedings against the Municipality
based on any allegations that the work or any part of the work constitutes an infringement of any
patent, copyright or other proprietary right, and shall pay to the Municipality all costs, damages,
charges and expenses, including its lawyers' fees on a solicitor and his own client basis occasioned
to the Municipality by reason thereof.
The company shall pay all royalties and patent license fees required for the work.
I
If the work or any part thereof is in any action or proceeding held to constitute an infringement, the
company shall forthwith either secure for the Municipality the right to continue using the work or shall
at the company's expense, replace the infringing work with non-infringing work or modify it so that j
the work no longer infringes.
10. ALTERNATES
Any opinion with regard to the use of a proposed alternate determined by the Municipality shall be
final. Any bid proposing an alternate will not be considered unless otherwise specified herein.
i
i
11. EQUIVALENCY
Any opinion determined by the Municipality with respect to equivalency shall be final.
12. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBCONTRACTING
The company shall not assign or subcontract the contract or any portion thereof without the prior
written consent of the Municipality.
13. FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE COMPANY
The Municipality is entitled to request of the Company to furnish reasonable evidence that financial
arrangements have been made to fulfill the Municipality's obligations under the Contract.
14. LAWS AND REGULATIONS
The company shall comply with relevant Federal, Provincial and Municipal statutes, regulations and
by-laws pertaining to the work and its performance. The company shall be responsible for ensuring
similar compliance by suppliers and subcontractors.
i
The contract shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Province of
Ontario.
I
15. CORRECTION OF DEFECTS
If at any time prior to one year after the actual delivery date or completion of the work (or specified
warranty/guarantee period if longer than one year) any part of the work becomes defective or is
deficient or fails due to defect in design, material or workmanship, or otherwise fails to meet the
requirements of the contract, the company, upon request, shall make good every such defect,
deficiency or failure without cost to the Municipality. The company shall pay all transportation costs
for work both ways between the company's factory or repair depot and the point of use.
I
16. BID ACCEPTANCE
The Municipality reserves the right to award by item, or part thereof, groups of items, or parts
thereof, or all items of the bids and to award contracts to one or more bidders submitting identical
bids as to price; to accept or reject any bids in whole or in part; to waive irregularities and omissions,
if in so doing, the best interests of the Municipality will be served. No liability shall accrue to the
Municipality for its decision in this regard.
Bids shall be irrevocable for 90 days after the official closing time.
The placing in the mail or delivery to the Bidder's shown address given in the bid of a notice of award
to a bidder by the Municipality shall constitute notice of acceptance of contract by the Municipality to
the extent described in the notice of award.
17. DEFAULT BY COMPANY
a. If the company: commits any act of bankruptcy; or if a receiver is appointed on account of its
insolvency or in respect of any of its property; or if the company makes a general
assignment for the benefit of its creditors; then, in any such case, the Municipality may,
without notice: terminate the contract.
i
b. If the company: fails to comply with any request, instruction or order of the Municipality; or
fails to pay its accounts; or fails to comply with or persistently disregard statutes, regulations,
by-laws or directives of relevant authorities relating to the work; or fails to prosecute the work
with skill and diligence; or assigns or sublets the contract or any portion thereof without the
Municipality's prior written consent; or refuses to correct defective work; or is otherwise in
default in carrying out its part of any of the terms, conditions and obligations of the contract,
then, in any such case, the Municipality may, upon expiration of ten days from the date of
written notice to the company, terminate the contract.
C. Any termination of the contract by the Municipality, as aforesaid, shall be without prejudice to
any other rights or remedies the Municipality may have and without incurring any liability
whatsoever in respect thereto.
d. If the Municipality terminates the contract, it is entitled to:
i) take possession of all work in progress, materials and construction equipment then
at the project site (at no additional charge for the retention or use of the construction
equipment), and finish the work by whatever means the Municipality may deem
appropriate under the circumstances;
ii) withhold any further payments to the company until the completion of the work and
the expiry of all obligations under the Correction of Defects section;
iii) recover from the company loss, damage and expense incurred by the Municipality
by reason of the company's default (which may be deducted from any monies due
or becoming due to the company, any balance to be paid by the company to the
Municipality). j
18. CONTRACT CANCELLATION
i
The Municipality shall have the right, which may be exercised from time to. time, to cancel any
uncompleted or unperformed portion of the work or part thereof. In the event of such cancellation,
the Municipality and the Company may negotiate a settlement. The Municipality shall not be liable to
the Company for loss of anticipated profit on the cancelled portion or portions of the work. I
I
19. QUANTITIES j
Unless otherwise specified herein, quantities are shown as approximate, are not guaranteed to be
accurate, are furnished without any liability on behalf of the Municipality and shall be used as a basis
for comparison only.
Payment will be by the unit complete at the bid price on actual quantities deemed acceptable by the
Municipality. j
20. SAMPLES
i
Upon request, samples must be submitted strictly in accordance with instructions. If samples are
requested subsequent to opening of bids, they shall be delivered within three (3) working days
following such request, unless additional time is granted. Samples must be submitted free of charge
and will be returned at the bidder's expense, upon request, provided they have not been destroyed
by tests, or are not required for comparison purposes.
The acceptance of samples by the Municipality shall be at its sole discretion and any such
i
acceptance shall in no way be construed to imply relief of the company from its obligations under the
contract.
Samples submitted must be accompanied by current Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) where
applicable.
i
I
21. SURETY
The successful tenderer shall, if the Municipality in its absolute discretion so desires, be required to
satisfy surety requirements by providing a deposit in the form of a certified cheque, bank draft or
money order or other form of surety, in an amount determined by the Municipality. This surety may
be held by the Municipality until 60 days after the day on which all work covered by the contract has
been completed and accepted. The surety may be returned before the 60 days have elapsed
providing satisfactory evidence is provided that all liabilities incurred by the company in carrying out
the work have expired or have been satisfied and that a Certificate of Clearance from the Workers'
Compensation Board has been received.
The company shall, if the Municipality in its absolute discretion so desires, be required to satisfy
fidelity bonding requirements by providing such bonding in an amount and form determined by the
Municipality.
Failure to furnish required surety within two weeks from date of request thereof by the Municipality
shall make the award of the Contract by the Municipality subject to withdrawal.
22. WORKPLACE SAFETY AND INSURANCE BOARD
All of the Company's personnel must be covered by the insurance plan under the Workplace Safety
j and Insurance Act, 1997. Upon request by the Municipality, an original Letter of Good Standing for
the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board shall be provided prior to the commencement of Work
indicating all payments by the Company to the Board have been made. Prior to final payment, a
Certificate of Clearance must be issued indicating all payments by the Company to the Board in
conjunction with the subject Contract have been made and that the Municipality will not be liable to
the Board for future payments in connection with the Company's fulfilment of the contract. Further
Certificates of Clearance or other types of certificates shall be provided upon request.
23. INSURANCE
I
The company shall maintain and pay for Comprehensive General Liability insurance including
premises and all operations. This insurance coverage shall be subject to limits of not less than
$2,000,000.00 inclusive per occurrence for third party Bodily Injury and Property Damage or such
other coverage or amount as may be requested.
The policy shall include the Municipality as an additional insured in respect of all operations
performed by or on behalf of the Company. A certified copy of such policy or certificate shall be
provided to the respective participant prior to commencement of the work. Further certified copies
shall be provided upon request.
i
24. LIABILITY
The company agrees to defend, fully indemnify and save harmless the Municipality from all actions,
suits, claims, demands, losses, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever for all damage or injury
including death to any person and all damage to any property which may arise directly or indirectly
by reason of a requirement of the contract, save and except for damage caused by the negligence of
the Municipality or its employees.
The Company agrees to defend, fully indemnify and save harmless the Municipality from any and all
charges, fines, penalties and costs that may be incurred or paid by the Municipality if the Municipality
or any of its employees shall be made a party to any charge under the Occupational Health and
Safety Act in relation to any violation of the Act arising out of this contract.
25. VISITING THE SITE
i
The Company shall carefully examine the site and existing building and services affecting the proper
execution of the work, and obtain a clear and comprehensive knowledge of the existing conditions.
No claim for extra payment will be allowed for work or difficulties encountered due to conditions of
the site which were visible or reasonably inferable, prior to the date of submission of Tenders.
Bidders shall accept sole responsibility for any error or neglect on their part in this respect.
i
26. SAFETY
The Company shall obey all Federal, Provincial and Municipal Laws, Act, Ordinances, Regulations,
Orders-in-Council and By-laws,which could in any way pertain to the work outlined in the Contract or
to the Employees of the Company. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company
shall satisfy all statutory requirements imposed by the Occupational Health and Safety Act and
Regulations made thereunder, on a contractor, a Constructor and/or Employer with respect to or
arising out of the performance of the Company's obligations under this Contract.
The Company shall be aware of and conform to all governing regulations including those established
by the Municipality relating to employee health and safety. The Company shall keep employees and
subcontractors informed of such regulations.
The Company shall provide Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)to the Municipality for any supplied
Hazardous Materials.
I
27. UNPAID ACCOUNTS
The company shall indemnify the Municipality from all claims arising out of unpaid accounts relating
to the work. The Municipality shall have the right at any time to require satisfactory evidence that the
work in respect of which any payment has been made or is to be made by the Municipality is free
and clear of liens, attachments, claims, demands, charges or other encumbrances.
I
28, SUSPENSION OF WORK
I
The Municipality may, without invalidating the contract, suspend performance by the company from
time to time of any part or all of the work for such reasonable period of time as the Municipality may
determine.
The resumption and completion of work after the suspension shall be governed by the schedule
i
established by the Municipality.
I
29. CHANGES IN THE WORK
The Municipality may, without invalidating the contract, direct the Company to make changes to the
work. When a change causes an increase or decrease in the work, the contract price shall be
increased or decreased by the application of unit prices to the quantum of such increase or
decrease, or in the absence of applicable unit prices, by an amount to be agreed upon between the
Municipality and the Company. All such changes shall be in writing and approved by the
Municipality.
i
30. CONFLICT OF INTEREST
No employee or member of Council of the Municipality shall sell goods or services to the Municipality
in accordance with the Municipality of Clarington Policy or have a direct or indirect interest in a
Company or own a Company which sells goods or services to the Municipality.
i
i
I
CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11
i'
INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS
P/12-10920/Specs/18384/24/2/C
1
INDEX
INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11
CLAUSE SUBJECT PAGE
1. GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. BLANK FORM OF TENDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3. TENDER DEPOSITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4. BONDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
5. RIGHT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT TENDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
6. UNACCEPTABLE TENDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
7. ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE OF TENDERER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
i
8. PROVINCIAL SALES TAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
9. GOODS AND SERVICES TAX (GST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
10. EXECUTE CONTRACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
i
11. COMMENCEMENT OF WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
13. SOILS INFORMATION AND CROSS-SECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
14. TENDERERS TO INVESTIGATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
15. INQUIRIES DURING TENDERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
16. AWARD OF THE CONTRACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
17. DEFINITION OF OWNER/AUTHORITY AND
i
ENGINEER/CONTRACT ADMINISTRATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
18. ADDENDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
19. UTILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
20. PRE-CONDITION SURVEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
PAGE ONE
INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11
1. GENERAL
SEALED Tenders plainly marked "Contract No. CL2001-11" will be received until:
2:00:00 p.m., WEDNESDAY, MARCH 28, 2001
and shall be addressed to: Ms. Patti Barrie, Clerk
Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington
Municipal Administration Centre
40 Temperance Street
Bowmanville, Ontario. L1C 3A6
2. BLANK FORM OF TENDER
One copy of the Tender, on the forms provided, shall be submitted. All information requested
shall be shown in the tender, in the space provided.
3. TENDER DEPOSITS
I
All tenders shall be accompanied by a certified cheque or a bid bond issued by a surety approved
by and in a form containing terms satisfactory to the Municipality's Treasurer, in the minimum
amount defined below, made payable to the Authority, as a guarantee for the execution of the
Contract.
T tal Tender r nnuu�nt Mini.. Deposit
............
>::>.;;.... re...::':.>::::::::>::
$ 20,000.00 or less $1,000.00
20,000.01 to 50,000.00 2,000.00
50,000.01 to 100,000.00 5,000.00
100,000.01 to 250,000.00 10,000.00
250,000.01 to 500,000.00 25,000.00
500,000.01 to 1,000,000.00 50,000.00
1,000,000.01 to 2,000,000.00 100,000.00
2,000,000.01 and over 200,000.00
All deposits will be returned within ten days after the Tenders have been opened except those
which the Authority elects to retain until the successful tenderer has executed the Contract
Documents.
The retained tender deposits will be returned when the successful Tenderer has fully complied
with the conditions outlined in the Contract Documents.
I
INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 2.
4. BONDS
The Contractor is required to provide a Performance Bond, and a Labour and Material Payment
Bond, each in an amount equal to 100 percent of the Total Tender Amount, to guarantee his
faithful performance of this Contract and his fulfilment of all obligations in respect of
maintenance and payment for labour and materials used on this work.
i
Each Bond shall be with a satisfactory Guarantee Surety Company, resident in Canada or
authorized to carry on business in Canada.
I
An agreement to bond must be submitted with the tender bid. Bonding company standard
"Agreement to Bond" forms are acceptable.
5. RIGHT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT TENDERS
The Authority reserves the right to reject any or all tenders or to accept any tender should it be
deemed to be in its best interest to do so.
Tenders which are incomplete, conditional or obscure, or which contain additions not called for,
erasures, alterations, or irregularities of any kind, may be rejected as informal.
i
i
Tenders will not be accepted unless submitted in the envelopes provided.
6. UNACCEPTABLE TENDERS
Each item in the Tender Form shall include a reasonable price for such item. Under no
circumstances will an unbalanced tender be considered. The Authority and the Contract
Administrator will be the sole judge of such matters, and should any tender be considered to be
unbalanced, then it will be rejected by the Authority.
7. ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE OF TENDERER
The Authority reserves the right to reject any tender where satisfactory evidence of sufficient
capital, plant and experience to successfully prosecute and complete the work in the specified
time, is not furnished by the Tenderer.
8. PROVINCIAL SALES TAX
Provincial Retail Sales Tax shall be included in tendered prices for material supplied under this
Contract.
I
INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 3.
9. GOODS AND SERVICES TAX (GST)
The Tenderer shall NOT include any amount in his tender unit prices for the Goods and Services
Tax. The GST will be shown on each payment certificate and will be paid to the Contractor in
addition to the amount certified for payment and will therefore not affect the Contract unit prices.
10. EXECUTE CONTRACT
i
Tenders shall be open for acceptance for a period of 30 days after the closing date. After this
time the tender may only be accepted with the consent of the successful Tenderer.
I
j The successful Tenderer shall execute the Contract Documents and furnish the required bonds
within 10 calendar days of receipt of notification of Acceptance of Tender.
j Failure by the successful Tenderer to meet the above requirements will entitle the Authority to
cancel the award of the Contract and to retain the tender deposit as compensation for damages
sustained due to the successful Tenderer's default. The Authority may then award the Contract to
one of the other Tenderers or take such other action as it chooses.
11. COMMENCEMENT OF WORK
The successful Tenderer shall commence work at the site within 7 calendar days of the official
commencement date as specified in the written order issued in accordance with GC7.01.02 of the
General Conditions.
i
12. LOCATION
The work is located on Centre Street from George Street to Concession Street, Grant Lane from
Division Street to Centre Street and on Lowe Street from Centre Street to Division Street,
Bowmanville. Storm sewer work only is called for on Lowe Street from Division Street to Beech
Avenue and on Beech Avenue.
13. SOILS INFORMATION AND CROSS-SECTIONS
A foundation investigation has been undertaken by Region of Durham forces. The information
provided is for guidance only and is not guaranteed by the Authority. A copy of the borehole
logs is attached to the contract documents.
Design cross-sections may also be viewed for information purposes at the Consultant's office.
i
I
INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 4.
i
i
14. TENDERERS TO INVESTIGATE
Tenderers must satisfy themselves by personal examination of the site and by such other means as
they may prefer as to the actual conditions and requirements of the work.
The Tenderer shall carefully examine all plans and profiles so that the unit prices tendered are
commensurate with the nature of the work.
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to thoroughly inspect the site of the proposed works,
determine the location of any buried or obstructing services and make satisfactory arrangements
for interference with such service with the proper jurisdictional agency.
I
15. INQUIRIES DURING TENDERING
The Tenderer is advised that inquiries regarding the interpretation of the plans or specifications,
shall be directed to the Contract Administrator, TSH, Telephone: 905-372-2121, attention: Will
McCrae, P.Eng. or Roy Kempton, P.Eng.
16. AWARD OF THE CONTRACT
The award of this Contract is subject to the approval of the Regional Municipality of Durham.
17. DEFINITION OF OWNER/AUTHORITY AND
ENGINEER/CONTRACT ADMINISTRATOR
Wherever the word "Owner" or "Authority" or "Corporation" appears in this Contract, it shall be i
interpreted as meaning the "Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington".
Wherever the word "Ministry", "M.T.C." or "M.T.O" appears it shall be deemed to mean the
"Ministry of Transportation, Ontario" or the "Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington.
Wherever the word "Contract Administrator" or "Engineer" appears in this Contract it shall be
deemed to mean the Consultants, TSH, or such other officers, as may be authorized by the
Authority to act in any particular capacity.
18. ADDENDA
The Contractor shall ensure that all addenda issued during the tendering period are attached as
part of the submitted bid. Failure to do so will result in disqualification of the bid.
i
i
INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 5.
19. UTILITIES
For additional information regarding existing utilities the Contractor may contact the following
personnel:
Veridian Hydro: Mr. Peter Petriw, P.Eng. EnbridgeConsumers Gas:Mr. Frank Cholewa
Tel: 888-420-0070 Tel: 800-361-0621
extension 3252 extension 2672
Bell Canada: Mr. Mark Clarey Rogers Cable Inc.: Ms. Cindy Ward
Tel: 905-433-3632 Tel: 905-436-4138
20. PRE-CONDITION SURVEYS
Pre-Condition Survey shall be carried out to depict existing interior and exterior conditions of
building, utilities, monuments, bridges, structural improvements, streets, driveways, sidewalks,
within the area of influence of the work site and/or specified distances.
j The "area of influence" is that radius of distance adjacent to heavy construction, within which
structures and property are subject to possible damage.
The Pre-Condition Survey shall be completed on all structures, or part thereof, within 30 metres
of any work, at a minimum. Additional inspections may be required, if deemed necessary by the
Vibration& Noise Consultant commissioned to carry out this work.
I
Quality Assurance
A Vibration and Noise Consultant(VNC) with over five (5) years experience in loss control in
urban areas shall be retained by the contractor to complete this work. The person in charge shall
be a Professional Engineer Registered in Ontario. The Company shall carry Professional Errors
& Omissions Insurance in the amount of$1,000,000.00.
i
Procedure
Immediately upon notice to proceed, all pertinent available data relevant to those applicable
portions of the work and such other areas as deemed available to be Pre-surveyed is obtained by
the VNC.
Introduction& Notification
A Letter of Introduction is hand delivered to all properties within the "area of influence". The
letter contains pertinent information regarding the proposed work and advises the identity,
telephone number and name of contact person capable of answering questions or addressing
complaints.
This letter serves to acquaint residents with proposed construction in the area.
INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 6.
Inaccessible Properties
Should access to a premises by the Inspector be prohibited for any reason, i.e., absent
owner/lessor/manager; denial of authorization; vacant; safety hazard; in such case, particulars of
efforts made to gain entry are recorded on the Pre-condition Survey Summary Sheet as follows:
• Time and date(s) of contact 1
• Means of contact(in person or by telephone)
• Authority (owner/lessor/manager)
• Reason(s) for entry refusal or inaccessibility
I
Photographic Documentation
Photographic equipment and materials used are capable of yielding high quality negatives from
which detailed enlargements may be made.
Pre-Condition Survey Report
Documentation of exterior and interior conditions of each property/item surveyed includes, as a
minimum:
• Vintage and type of construction
• Description/depiction/dimension of differential settlements (visible cracks in walls, floors,
ceilings) or any other apparent structural or cosmetic damage or defect
Copies of Introduction Letters, Notification Letters and Refusal Letters are to be included in the
report. Completed Pre-condition Survey data is to be assembled in a formal comprehensive
report, including Summary Sheet.
I
i
i
i
I
I
i
I
I '
CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11
I
i
i
i
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
P/12-10920/Spocs/18385/24/2/C
'i
INDEX
SPECIAL PROVISIONS-GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11
CLAUSE SUBJECT PAGE
i
1. PLAN QUANTITY ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. GUARANTEED MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3. CONTRACT TIME AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4. CONTRACTOR'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
5. OPS GENERAL CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
6. LAYOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
i
7. LABOUR CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
8. RESTRICTIONS ON OPEN BURNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
9. SUPPLY OF MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
10. PAYMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
11. UTILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
12. HAUL ROADS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
i
13. DUST CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
14. TRAFFIC CONTROL, FLAGGING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
15. CONTRACTOR'S SUPPLY OF CONSTRUCTION SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
16. MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
17. EMERGENCY AND MAINTENANCE MEASURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
18. ENGINEERING FIELD OFFICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
19. MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
20. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT 1991 - DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES . . . . . . . . 13
21. WORKPLACE HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INFORMATION SYSTEM (WHMIS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
22. SPILLS REPORTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
23. TRAFFIC AND STREET SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
24. GARBAGE COLLECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
25. ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
26. CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
27. APPLICABLE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
28. AMENDMENT TO OPSS 353 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
29. AMENDMENT TO OPSS 102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
30. AMENDMENT TO OPSS 570 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
31. AMENDMENT TO OPSS 1820; CONCRETE PIPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
32. DELIVERY OF TEST SAMPLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
33. PREPARATION AND POSTING OF REQUIREMENTS FOR WORK IN CONFINED SPACES . . . . 20
34. CONFINED SPACE ENTRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
35. COMPLIANCE WITH THE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
36. GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
37. ENTRY ONTO PRIVATE PROPERTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
38. STORAGE AREAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
39. GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
40. CONSTRUCTION LIEN ACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
41. PROPERTY OWNER'S RELEASE OF PRIVATELY OWNED LAND
USED BY THE CONTRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
42. WORKPLACE SAFETY AND INSURANCE BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
i
PAGE ONE
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11
1. PLAN QUANTITY ITEMS
Measurement for payment of the items designated (P) in the itemized bid is by plan quantity, as
may be revised by adjusted plan quantity.
I
2. GUARANTEED MAINTENANCE
i
Section GC7.15.02 of the General Conditions is revised in that the Contractor shall guarantee and
maintain the entire work called for under this Contract for a period of twenty-four (24) months.
The Contractor shall make good in a permanent manner, satisfactory to the Authority, any and all
defects or deficiencies in the work, both during the construction and during the period of
maintenance as aforesaid. The Contractor shall commence repairs on any work identified as
defective under this clause within 48 hours of receipt of notice from the Authority or the Contract
Administrator.
I
The decision of the Authority and the Contract Administrator shall be final as to the necessity for
repairs or for any work to be done under this Section.
3. CONTRACT TIME AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
(1) Time
Time shall be the essence of this contract.
For purposes of this Contract, GC 1.04 of the General Conditions is revised, in that Contract
Time means the time stipulated herein for Completion of the Work as defined in Clause
GC 1.06.
(2) Progress of the Work and Contract Time
The charging of working days shall commence on MayY,2001 an the Contractor shall
diligently prosecute the work on this contract to completion on or before the expiration of
i
seventy (70) working days from the date of commencement.
If the contract time above specified is not sufficient to permit completion of the work by the
Contractor working a normal number of hours each day or week on a single daylight shift
basis, it is expected that additional and/or augmented daylight shifts will be required
throughout the life of the contract to the extent deemed necessary by the Contractor to insure
that the work will be completed within the contract time specified. Any additional costs
occasioned by compliance with these provisions will be considered to be included in the
prices bid for the various items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed
therefore.
i
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 2.
I
I
Working days shall be charged until the date of completion of the work as set out in the
j
Certificate of Completion issued in accordance with GC8.02.03.06.
i
(3) Working Day
Working Day as defined in GC1.04 is modified by the addition of the following under
Paragraph (a):
Except any day from inclusive, even though the Contractor may j
elect to carry out any approved work as.called for under this Contract during this period.
The Contract Administrator will furnish to the Contractor for his signature a weekly
"Statement of Record of Working Days". The Contractor will be allowed two weeks in
which to file a written protest setting forth in what respects the said weekly statement is
incorrect, otherwise, the statement shall be deemed to have been accepted by the Contractor
as correct.
(4) Liquidated Damages
It is agreed by the parties to the contract that in case all the work called for under the contract
is not completed within the number of working days as set forth in the special provisions or
as extended in accordance with Section GC3.07 of the General Conditions, a loss or damage
will be sustained by the Authority. Since it is and will be impracticable and extremely
difficult to ascertain and determine the actual loss or damage which the Authority will suffer
in the event of and by reason of such delay, the parties hereto agree that the Contractor will
pay to the Authority the sum of FOUR HUNDRED DOLLARS ($400.00) as liquidated
damages for each and every calendar day's delay in achieving completion of the work in
excess of the number of working days prescribed. It is agreed that this amount is an estimate
of the actual loss or damage to the Authority which will accrue during the period in excess of
the prescribed number of working days.
I
The Authority may deduct any amount under this paragraph from any moneys that may be
due or payable to the Contractor on any account whatsoever. The liquidated damages
payable under this paragraph are in addition to and without prejudice to any other remedy,
action or other alternative that may be available to the Authority.
4. CONTRACTOR'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
Authorized representative as referenced in GC7.01.07 is defined as an employee of the
Contractor.
i
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 3.
I
5. OPS GENERAL. CONDITIONS
Wherever in this Contract reference is made to the General Conditions, it shall be interpreted as
meaning the OPS General Conditions of Contract, September 1999.
I
6. LAYOUT
Section GC7.02, Layout, is hereby revised by the deletion of Parts 03), 04), 05), and 06), and by
the addition of the following:
The Contract Administrator shall lay out and establish the primary alignment and grade controls
necessary for construction. The Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator with
sufficient advance notice of his requirements to permit appropriate scheduling of the layout work.
The layout performed by the Contract Administrator shall be sufficient to permit construction of
the work by the Contractor in compliance with the Contract Documents, but shall not relieve the
Contractor of his responsibility for the provision of qualified personnel and normal tools of the
j trade, as necessary for the transfer or setting of the secondary lines and grades from the primary
controls provided. Tools of the trade are interpreted to include but not necessarily be limited to
hand and line levels, boning rods, tape measures, lasers, etc.
7. LABOUR CONDITIONS
General
This Special Provision is to be read in conjunction with Section GC8.02.06, Payment of Workers,
of the General Conditions of the Contract and is subject to The Industrial Standards Act, The
Employment Standards Act, 1980 and the regulations made thereunder. The wage rates set out in
the Roads and Structures Fair Wage Schedule are subject to change periodically. Any increase in
costs incurred by a change in the wage rates shall be borne by the Contractor.
Definitions
For the purposes of this Special Provision,
I
(a) "regular rate" means,
(i) the hourly rate paid to an employee for their normal non-overtime work week, or;
(ii) in the case of an employee to whom sub-clause (i) does not apply, the amount obtained
by dividing their total earnings for the week by the number of hours they worked in the
week.
i
SPECIAL PROVISIONS- GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 4.
I
(b) "work on roads" means the preparation, construction, finishing and construction maintenance
of roads, streets, highways and parking lots and includes all work incidental thereto other
than work on structures; and;
(c) "work on structures" means the construction, reconstruction, repair, alteration, remodelling,
renovation or demolition of any bridge, tunnel or retaining wall and includes the preparation
for and the laying of the foundation of any bridge; tunnel or retaining wall and the installation
of equipment and appurtenances incidental thereto;
provided, however, that the Minister of Labour, Ontario may at his/her sole discretion determine
whether any particular work is to be classified as work on roads or as work on structures and
such decision may be made notwithstanding the definitions herein contained. i
i
Hours of Work and Wages
The regular work week for a person employed on work on roads being done under this Contract
or any other Contract subject to these or similar labour conditions shall not exceed 55 hours and
all time worked by such person in excess of 55 hours a week shall be overtime except that part of
the hours of work in excess of 55 hours a week which together with the hours worked in the j
preceding week do not exceed 55 hours in that preceding week. But, in no case shall the number
of hours that can be included in the hours of work for that preceding week exceed 22 hours.
The regular work week for a person employed on work on structures being done under this
Contract or any other Contract subject to these or similar labour conditions shall not exceed 50
hours and all time worked by such person in excess of 50 hours a week shall be overtime except
that part of the hours of work in excess of 50 hours a week which, together with the hours
worked in the preceding week do not exceed 50 hours in that preceding week. But, in no case
shall the number of hours that can be included in the hours of work for that preceding week
exceed 22 hours.
Every person employed by the Contractor or a sub-contractor or other person to do any part of
the work contemplated by this Contract shall be paid while employed on such work at not less
than the wage rate set out in the Roads and Structures Fair Wage Schedule for the appropriate
classification of such work or not less than such other wage rates as, during the continuance of the
i
work, are fixed by the Minister of Labour, Ontario, for hours of work that are not overtime and
shall be paid one and one half times his/her regular rate for all hours of work that are overtime.
Notwithstanding that a Contractor pays wages in excess of the wage rates set out in the Roads and
Structures Fair Wage Schedule, he shall not, in computing overtime wages payable to an
employee, set off against such overtime wages any part of the wages earned by the employee in
respect of their regular work period.
Where a person is working on more than one Contract that is subject to these conditions,
including any municipal Contract that contains similar labour conditions, the regular work week
and the entitlement to overtime for that person shall be based upon the total hours worked on all
such Contracts and if, on this basis, overtime is worked on this Contract the Contractor shall pay
i
i
SPECIAL PROVISIONS -GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 5.
such person at the overtime rate and no waiver by that person of this entitlement to overtime
wages and no interposition of a third party by way of an employment agency or as the nominal
employer of that person shall relieve the Contractor of his/her obligation to pay that person the
overtime wages.
Decisions by Minister of Labour
Where there is no appropriate classification set out in the Roads and Structures Fair Wage
Schedule for any particular class of work, the Minister of Labour, Ontario, may designate or
establish the appropriate classification and the wage rate.
The Contractor, upon receipt of notice of any decision of the Minister of Labour, Ontario, made
under this Contract, shall immediately adjust the wage rates, hours and classification of work so
as to give the effect to such decision.
Fair Wage Schedule
The Contractor shall make applicable to this Contract and post, in accordance with Section
GC7.11 of the General Conditions of the Contract, the current edition of the Ontario Ministry of
Labour's Roads and Structures Fair Wage Schedule and any amendments thereto.
I
- Contractor to Keep Records Which are to be Open for Inspection
The Contractor shall keep proper books and records showing the names, trades, addresses and
hourly wage rates of all workers in his/her employ or employed on this Contract through an
employment agency and the wages paid to and time worked by such workers both at regular wage
rates and at overtime wage rates, and the books or documents containing such records shall be
open for inspection by officers of the Government at any time it may be expedient to the Minister
of Labour to have the same inspected.
Ministry Requirements Before Payments Made to Contractor
The Contractor shall from time to time upon request furnish the Ministry with such detailed
information and evidence as may be required in order to establish that these labour conditions
have been complied with not only by him/her but by any sub-contractor or other person doing any
part of the work contemplated by the Contract.
Off Site Work
I
The Labour Conditions are intended for application primarily to work on the Contract site. Work
that is carried out on sites that are not in the immediate vicinity of the Contract site or that are not
used exclusively for the purposes of Contracts including Municipal Contracts, containing similar
labour conditions will not be subject to the Labour Conditions.
i
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 6.
I
Training Period for Equipment Operators j
(a) Employees, other than students, learning to operate equipment are classified as "Apprentice
Equipment Operators" during,
(i) their first three months operating equipment which does not require a licensed operator;
or
(ii) their first 18 months operating equipment which requires a licensed operator.
(b) The wages for apprentice equipment operators are as follows:
Windsor Zone The wage rate for Cement Improver
Hamilton Zone The wage rate for Asphalt Raker
Toronto Zone The wage rate for Asphalt Raker
Ottawa Zone The wage rate for Skilled Labourer j
Provincial Zone The wage rate for Skilled Labourer.
Pile Driver
Employees other than an operator are to be classified as "Pile Driver Men" and shall be entitled to
the wage rate for "Labourer" - Structure Section.
I
Servicing of Equipment by Operator "On Site"
The Operator shall be entitled to his/her wage rate for the work in accordance with the terms of
the "Special Provisions - Labour Conditions."
I
Travelling Time
Travelling time will not be subject to the Fair Wage Schedule. The hours and wages or monies
paid for travelling time are to be deleted from the wage record of an employee in computing
his/her wage entitlement.
Gravel and Chip Spreader -Provincial Zone
Employees engaged in this classification of work shall be paid the wage rate of Equipment and
Maintenance Operator, Group 'B'.
Room and Board Allowance
The amount of room and board allowance will be negotiated between the employer and employee
but in no case will the net amount of wages due to an employee be less than such wages an
employee in General Construction work would receive at the minimum wage and overtime at one
and one-half times that rate for hours worked in excess of forty-four a week and the maximum
i
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 7.
I
I
deduction for Room and Board per week as allowed by Regulation under the Employment
Standards Act.
Farm or Industrial Tractors with Attachments
The attachment must be power operated and be an integral part of the tractor.
I
Wage Rates for Students
(a) Students employed as FLAGPERSONS.or WATCHPERSONS shall be entitled to the wage
rate for these classifications.
I
(b) Students performing work in positions that are classified in the Fair Wage Schedule, other
than FLAGPERSONS or WATCHPERSONS, shall be entitled to receive the student rate,
notwithstanding the rate set out in the Schedule for the classification applicable to the work.
(c) Students employed for more than three months in a classified position shall then be entitled to
the wage rate for that classification.
(d) Students performing work in positions that are not classified in the Fair Wage Schedule shall
be entitled to receive the student rate, regardless of the location of the Contract.
8. RESTRICTIONS ON OPEN BURNING
Open fires will not be permitted within the limits of this Contract. Brush and debris may as an
alternative to burning, be disposed of outside the Contract Limits and in compliance with the
requirements specified elsewhere for Management and Disposal of Excess Material.
9. SUPPLY OF MATERIALS
All materials necessary for the proper completion of the work shall be supplied by the Contractor,
except as specifically noted, and the payment provided in the Contract shall be deemed to include
full compensation for the supply of such materials.
Materials listed in OPSS 128 and as amended from time to time, shall be supplied only from
sources designated in the Ministry of Transportation Manual of Designated Sources for Materials.
Amendment to OPSS 128
Section 128.05.02 of OPSS 128 is amended in that the list of materials to be supplied from
designated sources is revised:
i
SPECIAL PROVISIONS- GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 8.
I
i
(1) By the deletion of the following1
6.85.25 Flasher Beacon, Aluminum (121.310)
9.20.10 Coal Tar Epoxy j
(2) By the addition of the following:
i
I
9.20.10 (Structural Steel) Coal Tar Epoxy
9.20.15 (Structural Steel) Coal Tar Epoxy
i
10. PAYMENTS
Except as herein provided, payments under this Contract will be made in accordance with Section
GC8.02.03 of the General Conditions.
Notwithstanding the provisions of the General Conditions respecting certification and payment,
the Authority may withhold 2'/2 percent of the total value of work performed beyond the
expiration of 46 days from the date of publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance, to
enable the Contract Administrator to produce the final detailed statement of the value of all work
done and material furnished under the Contract. As a condition of holdback reduction from 10%
to 2-1/2%, the Contractor shall supply a Statutory Declaration as defined in GC8.02.03.07 03)(b)
and advertise the Certificate of Substantial Performance per GC8.02.03.04(03).
The Completion Payment Certificate to include statutory holdback release, will be issued within
120 days after the date for completion as specified under GC1.06. The date for interest due to
late payment shall commence following 180 days after the date of completion of the work.
As a condition of the final holdback payment, the Contractor shall provide the required Property
Owner's Releases as specified elsewhere, as appropriate.
The Contractor shall include in his price for the publication of the Certificate of Substantial
Performance. Publication is mandatory whether Contractor requests Substantial Performance or
not.
The Contractor is advised that the Authority may withhold payment on Interim and Holdback
Release Certificates up to 30 calendar days from the date of receipt of the executed Payment
Certificates.
k
11. UTILITIES
Sections GC2.01 and GC7.12 02) of the General Conditions are deleted in their entirety and are
replaced by the following:
The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of all utilities at the job site during the time
of construction.
i
SPECIAL PROVISIONS -GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 9.
The Authority will be responsible for the relocation of utilities where required. However, no
claims will be considered which are based on delays or inconvenience resulting from the
relocation not being completed before the start of this Contract.
i
The location and depth of underground utilities shown on the Contract drawings, are based on the
investigations made by the Authority. It is, however, the Contractor's responsibility to contact
the appropriate agencies for further information in regard to the exact location of all utilities, to
exercise the necessary care in construction operations and to take such other precautions as are
necessary to safeguard the utilities from damage.
I
12. HAUL ROADS
j
When so required by the Contract Administrator, payment for maintenance and restoration of haul
roads will be made for the materials provided and the work performed as specified, at tender
prices, or at negotiated prices.
13. DUST CONTROL
As a part of the work required under Section GC7.06 of the General Conditions, the Contractor
shall take such steps as may be required to prevent dust nuisance resulting from his operations
either within the right-of-way or elsewhere or by public traffic where it is the Contractor's
responsibility to maintain a roadway through the work.
Where the work requires the sawing of asphalt or the sawing or grinding of concrete, blades and
grinders of the wet type shall be used together with sufficient water to prevent the incidence of
dust, wherever dust would affect traffic or wherever dust would be a nuisance to residents of the
area where the work is being carried out.
The cost of all such preventative measures shall be borne by the Contractor except however
where water or calcium chloride is used to reduce the dust caused by traffic on a roadway which
it is the Contractor's responsibility to maintain for public traffic, the cost of such quantities of
water and calcium chloride as are authorized by the Contract Administrator to restrict dust to
acceptable levels, shall be paid for by the Authority at the contract prices for Application of
Water or Application of Calcium Chloride.
14. TRAFFIC CONTROL, FLAGGING
Flagging for traffic control on this Contract shall be in conformance with the procedure outlined
in the pamphlet entitled "Correct Methods for Traffic Control" issued by the Construction Safety
Associations of Ontario. Copies of this pamphlet may be obtained by request from the Ministry
j of Transportation's District Office.
Each flagman shall, while controlling traffic, wear the following:
(i) an approved fluorescent blaze orange or fluorescent red safety vest, and
(ii) an approved fluorescent blaze orange or fluorescent red armband on each arm, and
i
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 t0.
I
i
I
(iii) an approved fluorescent blaze orange or fluorescent red hat.
15. CONTRACTOR'S SUPPLY OF CONSTRUCTION SIGNS
i
In accordance with Section GC7.06 of the General Conditions, the Contractor is responsible for
the supply, erection, maintenance and subsequent removal of all temporary traffic controls, I
including signs, lights, barricades, delineators, cones, etc., required on the work.
Traffic controls shall be provided in general accordance with the latest edition of the "Manual of
Uniform Traffic Control Devices", Division 5. As a minimum requirement and without restricting
the Contract Administrator or the Authority in requiring further controls, the following signs shall
be supplied:
Sign Numbx, Sign 11esag Ntlher
Re:guired.:;
TC-1 CONSTRUCTION 10
TC-3L LANE CLOSED AHEAD 2 i
TC-3R LANE CLOSED AHEAD 2
TC-3tL LEFT LANE CLOSED 2
TC-3tR RIGHT LANE CLOSED 2
TC-41A CONSTRUCTION ZONE BEGINS 8
TC-41B CONSTRUCTION ZONE ENDS 8
Traffic controls shall be operational before work affecting traffic begins.
16. MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC
The following traffic maintenance arrangements shall be in effect during work on this Contract.
Centre Street and Grant Lane may be closed to traffic during the working day.
Pedestrian traffic shall be maintained at all times. Where existing sidewalk is removed a
temporary walkway in Granular 'A' shall be provided as directed and the material used shall be
paid for under the Items appropriate to such work. The Contract Administrator may require the
use of protective barriers, sidewalk diversion or other controls to provide for pedestrian safety.
It is the intention of the Contract that every reasonable effort shall be made to provide vehicular
access to homes and other properties within the limits of each phase at the end of each working
day. The Contract Administrator shall review road closures with the Contractor to ensure that
roadways are reopened to traffic at the earliest opportunity.
It is understood that implementation of traffic controls will require ongoing review and adjustment
to suit construction operations.
No deviation from the above procedure will be allowed except with the approval of the Engineer.
i
SPECIAL PROVISIONS-GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 11.
I
Notwithstanding the preceding, the Contractor shall at all times maintain the roadway surface
within the contract limits in a condition satisfactory to the Engineer and such that any emergency
j vehicles may have immediate access to any building located within the limits of this Contract.
The Contractor shall be responsible for all signing at the contract limits and within the contract
limits. The Contractor shall ensure the signing is properly maintained while in use. It shall be
the Contractor's responsibility to directly notify Police, Fire, Hospital and Ambulance services of
road closures at least 24 hours in advance of such closures and to notify these same authorities
when such closures are no longer in effect.
It is the Contractor's responsibility to advertise all road closures in local newspapers a minimum
of one week in advance of such closure. The newspaper advertisement shall indicate the date of
closing of the roadway and the length of time for which the road will be closed. This advertising
is in addition to the notification required for Police, Fire, Hospital and Ambulance as indicated
above.
The Contractor shall be responsible for all detour signing outside the contract limits.
17. EMERGENCY AND MAINTENANCE MEASURES
Whenever the construction site is unattended by the general superintendent, the name, address and
telephone number of a responsible official of the contracting firm, shall be given to the Contract
Administrator. This official shall be available at all times and have the necessary authority to
mobilize workmen and machinery and to take any action as directed by the Contract
Administrator in case emergency or maintenance measures are required regardless whether the
emergency or requirement for maintenance was caused by the Contractor's negligence, act of
God, or any cause whatsoever.
Should the Contractor be unable to carry out immediate remedial measures required, the
Authority will carry out the necessary repairs, the costs for which shall be charged to the
Contractor.
18. ENGINEERING FIELD OFFICE
The Contractor, shall, at no additional expense to the Authority, supply an office for the exclusive
use of the Contract Administrator. This office shall be located as directed by the Engineer, but in
no case shall be more than one kilometre from the Contract limit.
The Contract Administrator's office shall have a minimum of 17 m2 of floor area, with a clear
ceiling height of not less than 2.3 m, weatherproof, insulated walls and roof and a tight wooden
floor raised at least 0.3 m clear of the ground. The office shall be fitted with a minimum of two
glazed windows, both of which can be opened and are fitted with screens. The door shall have a
reliable lock, all keys for which shall be in the care of the Contract Administrator. The
Contractor shall supply electric light, heat when required, and an air conditioner of 8,000 BTU
minimum when required, to the Contract Administrator's satisfaction and shall furnish the office
with a minimum of one desk with drawers, one drafting table, five chairs, two drafting stools, one
filing cabinet, a waste paper basket and a broom.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS -GENERAL
i
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 12.
I
Where the Contractor elects to supply a combination office for the use of the Contract
Administrator and his own staff, the minimum requirements for the Contract Administrator's
accommodation as outlined shall be met. In addition, separate outside access for each office shall
be provided and the Contract Administrator's office shall be partitioned off from that of the
Contractor, on the inside. Any inside connecting door between the two offices shall be fitted with
a lock or closer on the Contract Administrator's side.
Where the field office is situated remote from a built-up area and where alternate toilet facilities
are not available, the Contractor shall also supply an acceptable chemical or equivalent dry toilet,
in a location convenient to the Contract Administrator's office.
The field office and other facilities shall be provided at the site within 14 days of the Date of
Notification to Commence Work or on the date of the Contractor's actual commencement of
work, whichever date occurs first, and shall remain at the site, if the Contract Administrator so
requires, for a period of up to two months after the completed work is accepted by the Authority.
Field office shall be equipped with a facsimile machine for the use of the Contract Administrator
With the office the Contractor shall also include the supply of two OKI Model 710 portable
cellular phones as supplied by Rogers Cantel or approved equal, complete with extra batteries,
charger, cigarette lighter adapter and operations manual, for the use of the Contract Administrator
preferably with 905 area code. Any alternate model must have the same features as those on the
noted model and must be approved by the Contract Administrator. The phone shall remain with
the Contract Administrator for the duration of the work. The Contractor shall make all necessary
applications and pay all charges and fees related to the Cellular phone.
Failure to supply a cellular phone may result in the Contract Administrator renting a phone and
charging all costs incurred back to the Contractor.
For the purpose of this tender, bidders shall assume an average monthly cost of$300.00 for air
time and long distance calls. The Contractor shall not be entitled to extra compensation nor shall
he be asked for a credit should the actual usage charges differ from this amount.
19. MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL
The requirements of OPSS 180 shall apply to this Contract, revised as follows: j
i
l Section 180.03, Definitions, shall be amended by the addition of the following:
Work area: means the road allowance, right-of-way, and property with a boundary common to
the road allowance or right-of-way within the Contract limits.
.2 Subsection 180.07.02, Conditions on Management by Re-Use, shall be amended by the
addition of the following:
Recycled hot mix asphalt or excess bituminous pavement shall not be used as trench backfill or
bedding.
1hts form to be used with Ontario Provincial Standard Spcofication 180
SITE SELECTION NOTIFICATION FOR MANAGEMENT AS DISPOSABLE FILL
Con"ct Infomwtbn
Contract No. Owner.
The following describes the notification process between the Owner of the Contract and the Contractor,
wherein the Contractor formally notifies the Owner that agreement has been reached with a third party
property owner for the disposition.of Contract generated excess material. Such excess material, managed as
disposable fill shall be limited to one of or a combination of: earth; aggregate; swamp material; rock, natural
wood and debris from open fires, provided the conditions on management are satisfied.
i
Site Information
Property Owner(s) for the subject property:
The subject property:
Lot ,Concession ,Township of
i
County/Region/District of ,Quantity and Type of Excess Material used as
fill:
This is to notify you, as Owner, that permission has been obtained from the property owner(s) named herein for the
management of excess materials from this Contract. The property owner has also been provided with a copy of this form
and has been advised that a Property Owner's Release Form,OPSF 1803,will be required.The use of this management site
will comply with the following.
Conditions on Managtement
Bituminous pavement,concrete,masonry,wood which has been treated,coated or glued,and rnetal,plastic,and polystyrene
products will not be accepted for management as disposable fill. Swamp material managed as disposable fill will be top
covered by a minimum of 300 mm of earth or topsoil. Swamp material managed as disposable fill may only be placed:
a. a minimum of 2 in above the level of ground water.
b. a minimum of 30 m from water bodies;
C. a minimum of 100 in from any water wells; and
d. a minimum of 100 m from residences.
These conditions do not supersede any constraints imposed on this property by Federal, Provincial or Municipal statute
or regulations and bylaws made thereto.
Dated this_ day of 19_
Print Contractor's Name & Field Representative's Name
Contractor's Field Representative signature
I
Property Owner(s) Signature(s)
cc: Contract Administrator, Property Owner(s), Contractor OPSF 1800
December 1993 Ontario Prrnrinrial Standard Form
This form to be used with Ontario Provincial Standard Specification 180
SITE SELECTION NOTIFICATION FOR MATERIALS STOCKPILING
I
Coni mct Infot*> w ion
Contract No. Owner.
i
The following describes the notification process between the Owner of the Contract and the Contractor,
i wherein the Contractor formally notifies the Owner that agreement has been reached with a third party
property owner for the stockpiling of Contract generated excess material. Such excess material,stockpiled for
re-use, may be one of or a combination of: earth; aggregate; swamp material; rock; concrete; masonry;
bituminous pavement; natural wood; metal, plastic,and polystyrene;wood which has been treated,coated or
glued and debris from open fires, provided the conditions on management are satisfied.
Site Information
Property Owner(s) for the subject property:
The subject property.
Lot ,Concession ,Township of
County/Region/District of ,Quantity and Type of Excess Material stockpiled:
This is to notify you, as Owner, that permission has been obtained from the property owner(s) named herein for the
management of excess materials from this Contras. The property owner has also been provided with a copy of this form
and has been advised that a Property Owner's Release Form,OPSF 1803,will be required.The use of this management site
will comply with the following:
Conditions on Mamgernent '
It is understood that materials are stockpiled to be re-ttscd or held for disposal at a certified waste disposal site.Stockpiles
of natural wood,manufactured wood,debris from open fires and swamp material may only be located
a. a minimum of 2 m above the level of ground water.
b. a minimum of 3o m from water bodies;
C. a minimum of 100 m from any water welly and
d. a minimum of 100 m from residences.
Stockpiles of bituminous pavement,concrete and masonry may only be located:
a. a minimum of 30 m from water bodies;and
b. a minimum of 100 m from residences unless
1. on property with a boundary common to a right-of-way,within the contras limits,for a period not exceeding
120 calendar days,or
2. such stockpiles are located within a provincial or municipal works yard or in a commercially licensed pit or
quarry.
These conditions do not supersede any constraints imposed on this property by Federal,Provincial or Municipal statute
or regulations and bylaws made thereto.
Dated this day of 19_
Print Contractor's Name&Field Representative's Name
Contractor's Field Representative signature
Property Owner(s) Signature(s)
cc, Contract Administrator, Property Owner(s),Contractor OPSF 1801
ti..-..-�-. 1001 CIan I—A rn...,
i
This form to be used with Ontario Provincial Standard Specification 180
PROPERTY OWNER'S RELEASE
I
Contract No.
Work Description:
I/We _ being the owner(s) of Lot , Concession
Township of , and County/Region /District of
verify that the Contractor for the above noted work has
placed excess material from the above noted Contract on my/our property with my/our permission.
I/We have been advised by the Contractor of the "Conditions on Management" described in
OPS Forms 1800 or 1801, " Site Selection Notification for Management as Disposable Fill, or"Site
Selection Notification for Materials Stockpiling", respectively, or both, and have been assured by the
Contractor that these conditions have been met.
Where materials are managed as disposable fill, I/We agree to be responsible for any subsequent
relocation and management of the material so placed.
Where materials are to be stockpiled, I/We agree that the stockpile(s)will be removed by the date(s)
herein noted.
I
I
I
Dated this day of 19_
Print Contractor's Name & Field Representative's Name
Contractor's Field Representative signature
Property Owner(s) Signature(s)
Copies to: Contract Administrator, Property Owner(s), Contractor OPSF 1803
December 1993 Ontario Provincial Standard Form
i
This form to be used with Ontario Provincial Standard Spccificauon 180
WASTE QUANTITY REPORT
For Solid Non-hazardous Industrial and Commercial Waste
Contract No.
Contractor-
Material Description Location of Disposal Site and Quantity of Materials
Certificate of Approval Number
I
i
i
I
I
I
i
I
I
i
I
i
i
I
OPSF 1805
December 1993 Ontario Provincial Standard Form
I
SPECIAL PROVISIONS -GDDNDRAL
/
CONTRACT NO. CD2001-11 13.
|
/
20. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT k991 -DESIGNATED SUBSTANCES
In accordance with the requirements of Section l0a(l) of the Occupational Health and Safety Act,
�
the Authority has determined that the designated oohatauunoumlimtodbureuodorure present oothe
site and within the limits of this Contract.
Acrylonitrile No
Arsenic No
Asbestos No
Benzene No
Coke Oven Emissions No
Ethylene Oxide No
Isocynates No
Lead No
Mercury No
Silica No
Vinyl Chloride No
\
/
�
\
i
| It is the of�� �o�r��zUnon�r ��aU work under
| ---"------' sub-contractors— ^performing
' [bi Contract have received u copy ofthis specification, where Designated Substances are
identified oubeing present o1 the site of the work.
� The Contractor shall comply with the governing Ministry nf Labour Regulations respecting
protection of workers, removal, handling and disposition of the Designated Substances
)
�
encountered on this Contract.
Prior to commencement of this work, the Contractor shall provide written notification to the
Ministry of the Environment at 7 Dvodou Boulevard, Toronto, Ontario, M411 1A8` of the
| }nuubon(o) proposed for disposal of Designated Snhutuonuo. A copy of the notification shall be
provided tothe Contract Administrator a minimum of two weeks in advance of work starting.
|
In the event that the Ministry of the Environment has concerns with any proposed disposal
location, further notification shall be provided until the Ministry of the Environment's concerns
hm/ub000uddzcomod
/ .
/
All costs associated with the removal and disposition of Designated 3nhutaucexborein identified,
'
shall bu deemed tobe included io the appropriate tender items.
|
i
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 14.
Should a Designated Substance not herein identified be encountered in the work, then
management of such substance shall be treated as Extra Work.
21. WORKPLACE HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INFORMATION SYSTEM (WHMIS)
Reporting
Prior to the commencement of work the Contractor shall provide, to the Contract Administrator,
a list of those products controlled under WHMIS which he expects to use on this Contract.
Related Material Safety Data Sheets shall accompany the submission. All containers used in the
application of products controlled under WHMIS shall be labelled.
The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of changes to the list in writing and
provide the relevant Material Safety Data Sheets.
22. SPILLS REPORTING
Spills or discharges of pollutants or contaminants under the control of the Contractor, and spills
or discharges of pollutants or contaminants that are a result of the Contractor's operations that
cause or are likely to cause adverse effects shall forthwith be reported to the Contract
Administrator. Such spills or discharges and their adverse effects shall be as defined in the
Environmental Protection Act R.S.O. 1980.
All spills or discharges of liquid, other than accumulated rain water, from luminaires, internally
illuminated signs, lamps, and liquid type transformers under the control of the Contractor, and all
spills or discharges from this equipment that are a result of the Contractor's operations shall,
unless otherwise indicated in the Contract, be assumed to contain PCB's and shall forthwith be
reported to the Contract Administrator.
This reporting will not relieve the Contractor of his legislated responsibilities regarding such spills
or discharges.
23. TRAFFIC AND STREET SIGNS
The Contractor will be responsible for the removal and salvage of existing traffic and street signs,
and their delivery to the Authority's Works Department Yard, for re-erection by the Authority
following completion of the work. Works yard is located on Taunton Road near Hampton.
i
Scheduling for sign removal shall be as approved in advance by the Contract Administrator.
Regulatory signs such as "Stop" and "Yield" must be maintained throughout.
i
i
SPECIAL PROVISIONS-GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 15.
24. GARBAGE COLLECTION
The Contractor will be responsible for ensuring that garbage collection, including recyclables, is
maintained and when necessary, the Contractor shall make arrangements directly with the
collecting agency, to permit and coordinate pick-up. Garbage pick-up is handled by Canadian
Waste Services, at 1-800-789-8886. Recyclable material is handled by Miller Waste Systems at
905-723-8588.
i
25. ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS
The Contractor shall be responsible for the provision of current mix designs for all hot mix
asphalt required for the work, or for having the necessary mix designs prepared by a certified
laboratory. The mix designs proposed for use by the Contractor shall be submitted in writing to
the Contract Administrator for his approval and no work shall commence until the design mixes
are approved.
All costs associated with the provision of approved mix designs shall be borne by the Contractor.
Steel slag and blast furnace slag coarse and fine aggregates shall not be used in any hot mix
required by this Contract.
26. CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS
i
The Contractor shall be responsible for the concrete mix design except for low slump concrete
overlays and latex modified concrete overlays which the Authority will design, and for providing
concrete of the specified properties. Concrete shall conform to the requirements of OPSS 1350
except as noted below:
(1) Sub-section 1350.07.07.01 is deleted and replaced by the following:
1350.07.07.01 Contractor Designed Mix
Mix proportions shall be selected in accordance with A.C.I. Standard 211.8-81 "Standard
Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight and Mass Concretes" and the
requirements of this special provision.
The values given in Table 5.3.6 of the A.C.I. standard for the determination of the volume of
coarse aggregate in the concrete mix shall be increased by not less than 10 percent except
where the concrete is deposited using a pump.
At least three weeks prior to the placement of concrete the Contractor shall submit to the
Contract Administrator a statement indicating the source of coarse and fine aggregate to be
used in the concrete work.
I
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 16.
I
i
The mix proportions and the required test data, for each class of concrete, shall be submitted
to the Contract Administrator at least seven days prior to the placement of concrete. They
shall be submitted in the standard Form PH-CC-433.
I
Contractor Designed Concrete Mix
Mix Proportions shall be expressed as follows:
i
(i) Portland Cement- Type, Source and Content in kilograms per cubic
metre of concrete.
(ii) Cementitious - Percent Slag, Source and Content in
Hydraulic Slag kilograms per cubic metre of concrete.
i
(iii) Coarse Aggregate - Nominal maximum size, Relative Density (Dry) Source,
i
Content in kilograms per cubic metre of concrete and Dry i
Rodded Density in kilograms per cubic metre of concrete.
(iv) Fine Aggregate - Fineness Modulus, Relative Density (Dry), Source and
Content in kilograms per cubic metre of concrete.
(v) Water - Content in kilograms per cubic metre of concrete.
(vi) Chemical - Source, Type and Dosage per 100
Admixture kilograms cement.
(vii) Air Entraining - Source and Type.
Admixture
i
Mix proportions shall be based on an aggregate in an oven dry condition.
I
Strength Test Data
The contractor shall produce the following information with regard to the mix design.
The information shall consist of test data from a laboratory or field mixed batch of
concrete, or a summary of test data from previous work using similar concrete mix
proportions, as follows:
(i) Laboratory or Field Mixed Batch of Concrete
The test data shall include compressive strength tests consisting of at least one set
of standard cylinders tested at 7 days, and 1 set of standard cylinders tested at 28
days. For mixes with cementitious hydraulic slag, the compressive strength tests
shall also include one set of standard cylinders tested at 3 days. The air content,
temperature and slump of the samples of concrete used to fabricate the test
cylinders shall be stated.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 17.
Note: The intent of the laboratory or field mixed batch of concrete is to indicate
the ability of the proposed mix proportions to produce concrete of the
required properties.
(ii) Summary of Test Data
The test data shall include at least ten consecutive 28 day strength tests from
previous work. The data shall report individual strength tests and the average of all
groups of three consecutive strength tests. The air content and slump of the
samples of concrete used to fabricate the test cylinders shall be stated. The tests
shall have been carried out within a period of two years prior to the award of the
contract.
(2) Sub-section 1350.08.01.02 is deleted and replaced by the following:
1350.08.01.02 Sampling of Mix Design Materials
For Contractor designed mixed samples of acceptable aggregates, cement, water, chemical
admixtures and air entraining admixtures representative of the materials to be used in the
work shall be provided to the Contract Administrator when requested at the time the proposed
mix proportions are submitted to the Authority.
(3) Sub-section 1350.07.07.03, Part (b), is deleted and replaced by the following:
i
1350.07.07.03 High Strength Concrete
(b) Contractor Design Mix
The proposed mix proportions shall meet the requirements of revised Sub-section
1350.07.07.01 above and in addition shall be tested in a full size field trial batch of
concrete.
When the concrete is mixed within a ready mixed truck, the size of the trial batch shall
be that volume of concrete normally mixed in the truck.
When the Contractor elects to use a source of ready mix concrete, the trial batch of
concrete shall originate from the same plant that will be used for the supply of high
strength concrete and the trial batch shall be delivered to the site of the work and tested.
Where access to the site of the work is not possible the Contract Administrator will
designate a suitable location for testing.
The testing of the field trial batch of concrete shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor.
i
I
SPECIAL PROVISIONS -GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 18.
Strength test data from the field trial batch shall consist of at least one set of standard
cylinders tested at 7 days and one set of standard cylinders tested at 28 days. For mixes
with cementitious hydraulic slag the strength test data shall also include one set of
standard cylinders tested at 3 days.
The air content, temperature and slump of the samples of concrete used to fabricate the
test cylinders shall be stated.
When approved by the Contract Administrator, the concrete from the trial batch may be
incorporated into parts of the structure.
Basis of Payment
All costs for the above work shall be included in the contract price for the appropriate concrete
item(s).
i
i
27. APPLICABLE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications (OPSS) governing the work of this Contract shall be as
listed in the "Schedule of Tender Data", Section H, with the applicable date of issue as indicated
for each Specification.
I
With the exception of OPSS 127 and 128, these Specifications shall remain in effect throughout
the duration of this Contract, whether or not they be modified or re-issued by the responsible
agency subsequent to the tender advertising date.
The issues of OPSS 127 and 128 which are current at the time the work is performed or material
furnished, shall govern.
I
28. AMENDMENT TO OPSS 353
Air Content of Concrete
353.05.01 Concrete
Subsection 353.05.01 of OPSS 353, September 1996, is amended by the addition of the
following:
The air content of concrete placed by extrusion methods shall not be less than 4.5% when tested
in place in a plastic state.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS -GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 19.
29. AMENDMENT TO OPSS 102
Scale Accuracy
Section 102.08.01 of OPSS 102, October 1992, is amended by the addition of the following:
Scale accuracy tolerances and Limits of Error are defined as 0.20% of the indicated load where
"Indicated" load refers to the weight of the vehicle used in conducting the performance test when
measured at the centre of the platform.
30. AMENDMENT TO OPSS 570
Sub-section 570.05.01 of OPSS 570, August 1990 is amended by the addition of the following:
The topsoil shall be analyzed to ensure there are no deficiencies with respect to fertility levels.
The soil shall consist of a minimum 4% organic matter. The phosphorous level shall be 30 ppm,
± 2 ppm. The potassium level shall be 235 ppm, ± 30 ppm. The soil shall have a base
saturation of calcium of 75%, ± 10%. The base saturation of sodium shall be a maximum of
0.5%. The pH level shall be between 6.0 and 7.0. A copy of the topsoil testing report shall be
provided to the Contract Administrator. Payment for this testing shall be included in payment
under the respective topsoil items.
If the topsoil does not meet all of the fertility elements the soil shall be treated with the required
amendments as recommended by the topsoil analysis report.
i
31. AMENDMENT TO OPSS 1820; CONCRETE PIPE
Section 1820.02, References, of OPSS 1820 is deleted and replaced by the following:
1820.02 References
i
This specification refers to the following standards, specifications, or publications:
Ontario Provincial Standards Specifications (Material)
CSA Standard
A257-M1982 - Standards for Concrete Pipe
Section 1820.07, Production, of OPSS 1820 is deleted and replaced by the following:
1820.07 Production
1820.07.01 General
Production methods shall conform to the requirements of CSA A257.1 and CSA A257.2.
I
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 20.
1820.07.02 Pipe for Sewers Up to and Including 900 mm
Designated Internal Diameter
i
Pipe for use in sewers up to and including 900 mm designated internal diameter shall be pipe of
the size and class required, and shall conform to the MOE Pre-qualification Requirements for
Concrete Sewer Pipe Plants.
i
The plant shall have a valid Pre-qualification Certificate at the time of production and delivery of
the pipe.
I
1820.07.03 Marking
Marking shall conform to the requirements of CSA Standard A257.IM or A257.2M.
Pipe conforming to the MOE Pre-qualification Requirements for Concrete Sewer Pipe Plants shall
bear the letters "MOE".
Jacking Pipe shall be marked with the words "Jacking Quality".
32. DELIVERY OF TEST SAMPLES
The Contractor shall include in his tender prices for the cost of delivery of concrete test cylinders
and asphalt samples to a designated testing laboratory.
For this contract test cylinders shall be delivered to 513 Division Street, Cobourg, Ontario,
K9A 5G6.
I
33. PREPARATION AND POSTING OF REQUIREMENTS FOR WORK IN CONFINED
SPACES
,i
Clause GC7.01.06 of the OPS General Conditions of Contract is amended by the addition of the
following:
Detailed written procedures addressing the confined space requirements of the Occupational
Health and Safety Act and Ontario Regulations for Construction Projects, Ontario Regulation
213/91, shall be clearly posted at the project site and available to all personnel, including the
Contractor's workers, Authority staff, Contract Administrator, and Ministry of Labour inspectors.
The procedures must include the rescue procedures to be followed during a rescue or evacuation
of all personnel from an unsafe condition or in the event of personal injury.
The Contractor shall have personnel trained in rescue procedures readily available on site.
i
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 21.
34. CONFINED SPACE ENTRY
The Contractor shall be responsible for the supply of personal protective equipment for the use of
the Contract Administrator, in connection with confined space entry while the Contractor is
operating on site.
i
The following equipment shall be made available on request:
Mechanical Ventilation Equipment
Gloves
Gas Detector (C95-80)
Full body harness securely attached to a rope
1 . Rope
Gas mask or dust, mist or fume respirator (optional)
• 30 minute self-contained breathing apparatus (need not be worn but, if required, be readily
available to supply air for instant egress)
• 7 minute Escape Pack
• Explosion-proof temporary lighting
Adequate clothing to ensure protection against abrasions and contamination.
In addition the Contractor shall provide a competent person who shall inspect all safety equipment
prior to use to ensure that it is in good working order and appropriate for the task at hand.
35. COMPLIANCE WITH THE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT
Clause GC7.01.06 of the OPS General Conditions of Contract is deleted and replaced by the
following:
06) The Contractor shall execute the terms of the Contract in strict compliance with the
requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, RSO 1990, c.0.1 (the Act) and
Ontario Regulation 213/91 (Construction Projects) and any other regulations under the Act
(the Regulations) which may affect the performance of the Work, as the Constructor or
Employer, as the case may be. The Contractor shall ensure that:
(a) worker safety is given first priority in planning, pricing and performing the Work;
(b) its officers and supervisory employees have a working knowledge of the duties of a
Constructor and Employee under the Act and the provisions of the Regulations applicable
to the Work, and a personal commitment to comply with them;
(c) a copy of the most current version of the Act and the Regulations are available at the
Contractor's office within the Working Area, or, in the absence of an office, in the
possession of the supervisor responsible for the performance of the Work;
(d) workers employed to carry out the Work possess the knowledge, skills and protective
devices required by law or recommended for use by a recognized industry association to
allow them to work in safety;
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 22.
i
(e) its supervisory employees carry out their duties in a diligent and responsible manner with
due consideration for the health and safety of the workers; and
(f) all subcontractors employed by the Contractor to perform part of the Work and their
employees are properly protected from injury while they are at the work place.
(g) In order to comply with the Municipality of Clarington's "Contractor Safety - Policy and
Procedures" the successful bidder shall prior to the award of the Contract execute the
attached forms.
i
1. Contractor's Statement of Liability
2. Notification of Infraction
3. Health and Safety Practice Form- Schedule "A"'
4. Contractor Health and Safety Warning/Stop Work Order
(h) The Municipality will retain the right to document contractors for all health and safety
warnings and/or to stop any contractors' work if any of the previously mentioned items
are not in compliance. Similarly, the Municipality or designate will have the right to
issue warnings and/or to stop work if there are any violations by the contractor of the
Occupational Health and Safety Act, Municipal Health and Safety programs, policies,
rules, and/or if the contractor creates an unacceptable health and safety hazard. Written
warnings and/or stop work orders can be given to contractors using Contractor Health
and Safety Warning/Stop Work Order Form (Schedule "B)".
The Contractor shall provide the Owner with a copy of its health and safety policy and program at
the pre-start meeting, and shall respond promptly to requests from the Owner for confirmation i
that its methods and procedures for carrying out the Work comply with the Act and Regulations.
The Contractor shall cooperate with representatives of the Owner and inspectors appointed to
enforce the Act and the Regulations in any investigations of worker health and safety in the
performance of the Work. The Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from
any additional expense which the Owner may incur to have the Work performed as a result of the
Contractor's failure to comply with the requirements of the Act and the Regulations.
I
SCHEDULE (C)
CONTRACTOR SAFETY
POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued...
HEALTH AND SAFETY PRACTICE FORM SCHEDULE "A"
To Contractor(s):
The Municipality of Clarington is committed to a healthy and safe working environment for all workers. To
ensure the Municipal workplace is a healthy and safe working environment, contractors, constructors and
subcontractors must have knowledge of and operate in compliance with the Occupational Health and Safety
Act and any other legislation pertaining to employee health and safety.
In order to evaluate your company's health and safety experience, please provide the accident/incident
and/or Workplace Safety and Insurance Board (WSIB) information noted below, where applicable.
0 The New Experimental Experience Rating (NEER)
-The WSIB experience rating system for non-construction rate groups
.............................................................................................
0 The Council Amended Draft#7 (CAD-7) Ratting
-The WSIB experience rating system for construction rate groups
.............................................................................................
0 Injury frequency performance for the last two years
-This may be available from the contractor's trade association
.............................................................................................
j 0 Has the contractor received any Ministry of Labour warnings or orders in the last two years? (If the
answer is yes, please include the infraction).
0 Confirmation of Independent Operator Status
-The WSIB independent operator number assigned:
(Bidders to include the letter confirming this status and number from WSIB with their bid submission.)
i
SCHEDULE C
CONTRACTOR SAFETY
POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued...
CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY
As a contractor working for the Municipality of Clarington, I/we will comply with all procedures and
requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, Municipal safety policies, department and site
specific policies and procedures and other applicable legislation or regulations. I/we will work safely
with skill and care so as to prevent an accidental injury to ourselves, fellow employees and members of
the public.
1. The contractor/successful tenderer certifies that it, its employees, its subcontractors and their
i
employees,
a) are aware of their respective duties and obligations under the Occupational Health and
Safety Act, as amended from time to time, and all Regulations thereunder(the "Act');
and
b) have sufficient knowledge and training to perform all matters required pursuant to this
contract/tender safely and in compliance with the Act.
2. In the performance of all matters required pursuant to this contract/tender, the
contractor/successful tenderer shall,
a) act safely and comply in all respects to the Act, and
b) ensure that its employees, it subcontractors and their employees act safely and
complying all respects with the Act.
i
3. The contractor/successful tenderer shall rectify any unsafe act or practice and any non-
compliance with the Act at its expense immediately upon being notified by any person of the
existence of such act, practice or non-compliance.
4. The contractor/successful tenderer shall permit representatives of the Municipality and the
Health and Safety Committee on site at any time or times for the purpose of inspection to
determine compliance with this contractor/tender.
5. No act or omission by any representative of the Municipality shall be deemed to be an
assumption of any of the duties or obligations of the contractor/successful tenderer or any of its
subcontractors under the Act.
6. The contractor/successful tenderer shall indemnify and save harmless the Municipality,
a) from any loss, inconvenience, damage or cost to the Municipality which may result from
the contractor/successful tenderer or any of its employees, its subcontractors or their
employees failing to act safely or to comply in all respects with the Act in the
performance of any matters required pursuant to this contract/tender;
SCHEDULE (C)
CONTRACTOR SAFETY
POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued...
b) against any action or claim, and costs related thereto, brought against the Municipality
by any person arising out of any unsafe act or practice or any non-compliance with the
Act by the contractor/successful tenderer or any of its employees, its subcontractors or
their employees in the performance of any matter required pursuant to this
contract/tender; and
C) from any and all charges, fines, penalties, and costs that may be incurred or paid by the
Municipality (or any of its council members or employees) shall be made a party to any
charge under the Act in relation to any violation of the Act arising out of this
contract/tender.
.. ....................
'.' J .)
Contractor Name of Person Signing for Contractor
C1
Signature of Contractor Date
i
i
i
i
SCHEDULE (C)
CONTRACTOR SAFETY
DATE &TIME OF INFRACTION:
DESCRIPTION OF INFRACTION INCLUDING LOCATION:
ORDER GIVEN BY MUNICIPALITY:
i
DID THE CONTRACTOR COMPLY WITH THIS ORDER?
i
DATE &TIME OF COMPLIANCE:
ISSUED TO:
CONTRACTOR'S EMPLOYEE TITLE
E ISSUED BY:
MUNICIPAL EMPLOYEE, DEPARTMENT TITLE
i
PART"C"-ADDITIONAL COMMENTS
THIS SECTION IS TO BE USED INTERNALLY TO RECORD ADDITIONAL COMMENTS
SUBSEQUENT TO ISSUING THE WARNING/STOP WORK ORDER, I.E. DATE AND TIME
WORK RESUMED, FURTHER ACTION TAKEN, ETC.
i
I
i
i
i
SCHEDULE (C)
CONTRACTOR SAFETY
POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued...
Schedule "B"
CONTRACTOR HEALTH AND SAFETY WARNING/STOP WORK ORDER
The purpose of this form is to: (Issuer to check one of the following)
Provide warning to the contractor to immediately discontinue the unsafe work practice described below
_ Direct the contractor to immediately cease all work being performed under this contract due to the
unsafe work practice described below.
FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS WARNING/STOP WORK ORDER SHALL CONSTITUTE A BREACH OF
CONTRACT.
PART"A" - DETAILS OF CONTRACT
CON
TRACT/P.O. #
i
DESCRIPTION:
I
i--
NAME OF FIRM:
PART "B" - DETAILS OF INFRACTION (TO BE COMPLETED BY ISSUER)
i
i
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 23.
36. GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor shall obey all Federal, Provincial and Municipal laws, Acts, Ordinances,
Regulations, Orders-in-Council and By-laws, which could in any way pertain to the work outlined
in the Contract or to the Employees of the Contractor. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, the Contractor shall satisfy all statutory requirements imposed by the Occupational
Health and Safety Act and regulations made thereunder on a contractor, a constructor and/or an
employer with respect to or arising out of the performance of the Contractor's obligations under
this Contract.
i
37. ENTRY ONTO PRIVATE PROPERTY
The Contractor shall not enter private property or property which is to be acquired to construct
the works without the prior consent of the Contract Administrator. This requirement will be
strictly enforced.
i
38. STORAGE AREAS
Clause GC3.06.01 of the General Conditions of Contract is amended by the addition of the
following:
The use of the road right-of-way as a long term storage area is not allowed under this Contract.
The storage of materials and movement of equipment will only be allowed for normally accepted
construction practices.
39. GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE
Clause GC6.03.02.01 is amended by the addition of the following:
The Regional Municipality of Durham shall also be added as an additional named insured.
40. CONSTRUCTION LIEN ACT
The Contractor shall give the Authority notice in writing, immediately, of all lien claims or
potential lien claims coming to the knowledge of the Contractor or his agents.
When a claim for lien is filed by a Subcontractor, labour or material supplier or equipment renter
acting under the Contractor, and proceedings are commenced by the Authority to vacate the lien,
the Contractor agrees and shall forthwith pay to the Authority, in addition to their reasonable
legal fees therefore, all interest costs and expenses incurred by the Authority and an additional
sum equal to ten percent (10%) of the sum found to be owing as liquidated damages, and such
remedy shall be in addition to any other remedy available to the Authority under the Contract
Documents.
Where any lien claimant asks from the Authority the production for inspection of the Contract
Documents or the state of the accounts between the Authority and the Contractor, the Contractor
i
i
SPECIAL PROVISIONS -GENERAL
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 25.
41. PROPERTY OWNER'S RELEASE OF PRIVATELY OWNED LAND
USED BY THE CONTRACTOR
Upon completion of the Contract, the Contractor shall provide the Authority with two (2) copies
of a form of release signed by each property owner, upon whose land he has entered for purposes
associated with the Contractor's operations but not for the purpose of undertaking works
stipulated in the Contract:
Date .......................
To: Mr. S.A. Vokes, P.Eng., Director of Public Works
Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington
Municipal Administration Centre, 40 Temperance Street
BOWMANVILLE, Ontario L1C 3A6
Re: Contract No. CL2001-11
i
Dear Sir:
I hereby certify that
(Name of Contractor)
have fulfilled the terms of our agreement and have left my property in a satisfactory condition.
i
I have accepted their final payment and release
(Name of Contractor)
,I
and the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington from further obligations.
i
Yours very truly,
..................................
Signature
Property Owner's Name............................Lot......Concession..........
Municipality of ........................................
(Please complete above in printing)
Final payment will not be released to the Contractor until all the applicable forms of release have
been signed by the property owners and received by the Authority.
CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11
SPECIAL PROVISIONS - TENDER ITEMS
P/12-10920/Specs/18386/2A/2/C
PAGE ONE
SPECIAL PROVISIONS-TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11
SECTION 1 - ROADWORKS
SITE PREPARATION- ITEM NO. 1
Under this Item and for the unit price bid the Contractor shall undertake the following work:
• Clearing and grubbing of tree at Station 9 + 940, Grant Lane
EARTH EXCAVATION (GRADING) - ITEM NO. 2
Payment under this Item shall also include for the following work:
• Removal and disposal of asphalt from entrances.
• Excavation for sidewalk
• Proof rolling of subgrade
• Provision of measures to protect utility poles, markers and trees
The volumes of concrete base within Centre Street and Lowe Street have not been deducted from the
earth volume. All excavated material shall be removed from the site to location(s) arranged for by the
Contractor.
HOT MIX, H.L.-3A AND H.L.4 -ITEMS NO. 3 AND 4
Asphalt shall be penetration grade 85/100. No surface asphalt shall be laid on this Contract.
Entrances shall be restored as follows:
• Existing paved entrance with or without sidewalk.
Private entrance restored with 50 mm H.L.-3A to match existing.
• Existing gravel entrance without sidewalk.
Private entrance restored with 50 mm H.L.-3A to a point 2 m from back of curb.
Parking shoulder shall be paved with 50 mm HL-3A.
Payment under Item No. 3 shall include for the following:
• Forming temporary curbs at catchbasin / catchbasin maintenance hole locations for a length of
approximately 2 metres.
• Temporary ramping at limits of construction on all streets.
• Construction of 300 mm x 40 mm stepped joint at limits of full construction on all streets.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS-TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 2
GRANULAR 'A' AND GRANULAR `B', TYPE 1 - ITEMS NO. 5 AND 6
Payment shall be made under these Items for the supply and placing of Granular `A' in entrances and
as foundation to sidewalk and for supply and placing of Granular `A' and Granular `B' Type 1 in
parking shoulder. Private entrances shall be constructed with 200 mm or Granular `A', sidewalk
foundation shall be 100 mm of Granular `A' and parking shoulder shall be 150 mm of Granular `A'
and 300 mm of Granular `B' Type 1.
Provision of temporary walkways, where directed, shall be constructed and paid for under Item No. 5.
CONCRETE IN SIDEWALK- ITEM NO. 7
Where new sidewalk abuts or connects to existing sidewalk, an expansion joint shall be constructed at
these locations. Every joint shall be a contraction joint except where expansion joints are indicated.
Contractor shall note the revised Ontario Provincial Standard Drawings.
Section 351.07.01 of OPS 351 is amended in that Granular `A' for sidewalk foundation shall be paid
for under Item No. 5. Payment for restoration of concrete in private walkways and in private
entrances to House No. 14 Grant Lane and No. 68 Centre Street will be made under this Item.
INTERLOCKING BRICK PAVERS - ITEM NO. 9
Brick pavers shall be grey in colour laid in a running bond pattern. Brick pavers salvaged under Item
No. 27 shall be relaid to match existing. The unit price bid under this Item shall also include for
relaying stones, salvaged under Item No. 27, at House No. 72 Centre Street to match existing.
CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER (ALL TYPES) - ITEM NO. 10
A 2 metre length of curb and gutter shall be omitted at each catchbasin and catchbasin/maintenance
hole. Where sidewalk abuts curb, a 50 mm wide key shall be constructed at the back of the curb in
accordance with the standard. The unit price bid shall include for sawcutting existing concrete curb at
point of connecting to new curb. Subsection 353.07.06 of OPSS 353 is amended in that traverse
jointing of curb and gutter shall be at a maximum spacing of 4.0 m.
Payment shall also be made under this Item for construction of curb at private entrances in concrete or
wood to match existing.
150 mm DIA. PIPE SUBDRAINS - ITEM NO. 11
The Contractor shall supply and place perforated corrugated polyethylene pipe and geotextile sock and
non-perforated pipe at the locations indicated on the breakdown sheet. No subdrain pipe shall be
installed in areas where storm sewer is constructed with granular backfill close to curb line.
Backfill to subdrains shall be Granular `B' Type 1 material supplied and placed under Item No. 6.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS-TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 3
STORM SEVERS -ITEMS NO. 12 - 17 and 32 -35
Under these Items and for the unit prices bid, the Contractor shall supply all materials including pipe
of the required type, size and class, other fittings, sand material for cover and crusher run limestone
for bedding in accordance with the standards. Backfill shall be Granular `B' Type 1 placed and
compacted to top of subbase level or selected native material as specified in the Itemized Bid.
Pipe materials shall be concrete throughout the project except that PVC SDR 28 will be used for storm
service laterals. PVC SDR35 may be used for catchbasin leads with the approval of the Owner.
Where existing storm sewers are encountered in trenching operations for the installation of new storm
sewer, the removal and disposal of the existing sewer shall be deemed to be included in the unit prices
bid under these Items and no separate payment will be made. Directional boring shall be used for
storm sewers in conflict with tree roots. Storm sewer installation on Beech Avenue shall include for
plugging new sewers for future extension where shown.
Soils report results support a classification of Type 3 for soils for the purposes of selecting Class `B'
bedding for concrete pipe.
The removal and disposal of existing cast iron watermain where encountered in the storm sewer trench
and plugging of ends of watermain pipe to be left in place will be deemed to be included in the unit
prices bid for work under these Items.
For storm sewer work under Items No 32 to 35 the Contractor shall include in the unit prices bid for
full restoration of all disturbed surfaces on Lowe Street and Beech Avenue.
Restoration shall include for:
• Removal of curb and gutter (all types) and disposal off the site
• Sawcutting of pavement, concrete base, curb and gutter and concrete sidewalk
• Removal and disposal of rubble from concrete base and concrete sidewalk off the works
• Restoration of roadway with 50 mm of HL-4 on 150 mm Granular `A' and 300 mm of
Granular `B' Type 1
• Restoration of concrete sidewalk in 30 Mpa concrete to match existing
• Restoration of curb and gutter in 30 Mpa concrete to match existing.
• Directional boring where storm sewers are in conflict with tree roots
• Restoration of entrance with 50 mm of HL-3A on 200 mm of Granular `A' base
• Restoration of Gravel Parking Lot with 200 mm of Granular `A'
• Restoration of grass areas with 100 mm imported topsoil and sod
This shall apply to storm sewer installation on Beech Avenue and Lowe Street from limits of full road
reconstruction westerly to point of connecting to existing sewer. Should the work under the
Provisional Items proceed then work under Item No. 15 shall be deleted from the Contract.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS-TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 4
CATCHBASINS, DITCH INLETS AND MAINTENANCE HOLES - ITEMS NO. 18 -21,
36 and 37
The unit prices bid under these Items shall include for placing of Granular "B" Type 1 material to a
lower limit of 300 mm below the floor slab and all around the structure. A 100 mm dia. drainage
opening shall be provided in the base of each new maintenance hole and catchbasin. Filter fabric
Terrafix Type 270R or equal 600 mm x 600 mm in size shall be placed at drainage openings.
All catchbasins and maintenance holes shall be fitted with sumps. Catchbasin frames and grates and
maintenance hole frames and covers shall be constructed to the level of base course asphalt.
Construction of Maintenance Holes No. 20 and 23 and Catchbasins No. 21, 22 and 24 shall include for
restoration of disturbed surfaces as described under storm sewer items Special Provision. Maintenance
Hole No. 23 shall include for a 300 mm riser unit or equivalent in moduloc. Construction of
Maintenance Hole No. 20A will not be undertaken if work under Provisional Items No. 32-44 is
undertaken.
REMOVAL OF CONCRETE ROAD BASE- ITEMS NO. 24 and 38
All rubble resulting from concrete base shall be removed from the site to a location arranged for by the
Contractor. The Contractor is advised that the existence of concrete base is assumed in some areas.
The limits of concrete base have not been defined by the soils investigation carried out by Durham
Region forces.
REMOVAL OF SEWERS - ITEM NO. 25
Payment at the unit price bid under this Item shall include for placing 20 Mpa concrete plugs in storm
sewers which are to remain in place.
REMOVAL OF MAINTENANCE HOLES AND CATCHBASINS - ITEMS NO. 26 and 40
Work under this Item shall include for the removal of catchbasin frame and grate from structure
opposite House No. 52 at the North East radius of the intersection of Carlisle Avenue and Centre
Street and for the placing of a maintenance hole frame and cover. Frame and grate shall be salvaged
for reuse.
All other structures, frames, covers and grates removed shall be disposed of by the Contractor off the
site of the works at a location arranged for by the Contractor.
Voids left by structure removal shall be backfilled with compacted selected native material.
REMOVAL OF SIDEWALK - ITEM NO. 27
Payment shall be made under this Item for the removal and disposal off site of all rubble from concrete
and asphalt capped concrete sidewalk removal.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS-TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 5
The Contractor shall also undertake the following work under this Item.
• Removal and salvage of brick pavers at entrances to House No. 54 and in sidewalk opposite
House No.'s 55 and 68 Centre Street, Bricks shall be stored on site for reuse.
• Removal and salvage of stone pavers at House No. 72 Centre Street and storage on site for
reuse.
• " Removal and disposal of concrete at entrance at House No. 14 Grant Lane and No. 68 Centre
Street.
REMOVAL OF CURB AND GUTTER- ITEM NO. 28
Concrete rubble resulting from curb and gutter removal shall be disposed of off the site of the works to
a location arranged for by the Contractor.
Payment under this Item shall include for the following:
• Removal and disposal of concrete curb at Houses No. 19, 21, 23 and 68 Centre Street.
• ' Removal and disposal of wooden curb at Houses No. 52, 54 and 72 Centre Street and House
No. 69 Grant Lane. The Contractor shall check with respective Homeowners regarding
salvage of the wooden curb and its reuse.
TOPSOIL (IMPORTED) AND SOD (NURSERY) - ITEM NO. 29
Topsoil shall be placed to a minimum depth of 100 mm in disturbed grass areas. Topsoil shall be
screened and tested in accordance with Clause 30 of the "Special Provisions - General". It is not
anticipated that there will be any suitable topsoil available from stripping operations.
TREE PLANTING- ITEM NO. 30
Work under these Items 30 (a) - 30(e) shall involve planting trees in boulevard areas. Under Items
30(f)-,30 (i) trees shall be planted on private property.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS-TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 6
Trees shall comply with the following table:
BOTANICAL:NAME..... COMMON NAIYIE. '....:.. . .CALIPER:'`
mm ..:
Boulevard Trees
Amelanchier grandiflora `Cumulus' Cumulus Serviceberry 50
Celtis occidentalis Hackberry 70
Crataegus oxyacantha `Paul's Scarlet' Paul's Scarlet Hawthorn 50
Gleditsia Triacanthos `Skyline' Skyline Locust 70
Prunus serrulata `Kwanzan' Flowering Japanese Cherry 50
Renewal Trees (Private Property)
Acer rubrum `Freemanii' Autumn Blaze Red Maple 80
Fraxinus pennsylvanica `Marshall Marshall Seedless Ash 80
Seedless'
Quercus alba White Oak 80
Quercus rubrum Red Oak 80
Supply, place, stake and mulch all trees as directed by the Contract Administrator.
Plants shall be supplied as specified on the Plant List. Substitutions will not be allowed unless
approved in writing by the Engineer. Prior to ordering plant materials, the Contractor shall review the
quantities and types necessary with the Site Engineer.
Final inspection of all plantings shall be made at the end of the specified guarantee period. At the time
of inspection, all plants shall be alive and in a healthy, satisfactory growing condition. Cost per tree
shall include for restoration of all areas disturbed by tree planting.
All plants shall be guaranteed for a period of one (1) year commencing on the date of acceptance.
All plant materials found dead, or not in a healthy, satisfactory growing condition or which in any
other way, do not meet the requirements of the specifications, shall be replaced by the Contractor at
his own expense, where maintenance during the guarantee period is the responsibility of the
Contractor. All required replacements shall be by plants of the same size and species as specified on
the plant list and shall be supplied and planted in accordance with the drawings and specifications.
All manufactured materials such as fertilizers, bonemeal, mulches, etc., shall be delivered to and
stored on the site in standard containers clearly indicating contents, weight, analysis and the name of
the manufacturer. All materials which are subject to deterioration resulting from weather or any other
causes shall be stored on the site in a dry, weatherproof place in such a manner that their effectiveness
will not be impaired.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS-TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 7
All plant materials which cannot be planted immediately upon arrival on the site shall be well protected
with soil or similar material to prevent drying out and shall be kept moist until commencement of
planting.
Topsoil for use in planting pits shall be a fertile, friable, natural loam containing not less than 4% of
organic matter for clay loams and not less than 2% for sandy loams with an acidity value ranging from
PH 6.0 to PH 7.5 and capable of sustaining vigorous plant growth. It shall be free of any admixture of
sub-soil, clay lumps and free of stones and roots over 50 mm in diameter and other extraneous matter.
Peat moss shall be partially decomposed stems and leaves of Sphagnum Mosses with a spongy fibrous
texture. PH value to be not less than 4.5 and not greater than 6.0. Shredded particles shall not exceed
6 mm in'size, be brown in colour and suitable for horticulture purposes.
The Contractor shall supply and mix thoroughly with the topsoil for pit and shrub bed backfilling the
following quantities of fertilizer:
10 - 6 -4 at .18 kg/10 mm calliper of tree
12 - 6 -`6 at 0.9 kg/m3 of topsoil for shrub bed
The above rates are subject to adjustment on receipt of a soil analysis.
Fertilizers shall be complete, commercial fertilizers, containing not less than 60% urea-formaldehyde
and the following percentages by weight:
. :........:......
N�fro ett ......... ;. Phos'horiC>Ac�d... . .; PoEash :.
10 6 4
12 6 6
Bonemeal shall be a commercial raw bonemeal, finely ground and with a minimum analysis of
4% nitrogen and 20% phosphoric acid. Bonemeal shall be added to the planting medium at the rate of
.5 kg per cu. m.
All plant materials shall meet the horticultural standards of the Canadian Nursery Trades Association
with respect to grading and quality. They shall be nursery grown, under proper cultural practices as
recommended by the Canadian Nursery Trades Association.
Nomenclature of specified plants shall conform to the International Code of Nomenclature for
Cultivated Plants and shall be in accordance with the approved scientific names given in the latest
edition of the Standardized Plant Names. The names of varieties not named therein are generally in
conformity with the names accepted in the nursery trade.
Plants shall be true to type and structurally sound, well branched, healthy and vigorous and free of
disease, insect infestation, rodent damage, sun scald, frost cracks and other abrasions or scars to the
bark. They shall be densely foliated when in leaf and have a healthy, well developed root system.
Pruning wounds shall show vigorous bark on all edges and all parts shall be moist and show live,
green cambium tissue when cut.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS-TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 8
All plant materials shall conform to the measurements specified in the Plant List. Plants larger than
specified may be used if approved by the Engineer. The use of such plants shall not increase the
contract price. If larger plants are used, the ball of earth shall be increased in proportion of the size of
the plant.
All plants shall be measured when the branches are in their normal position. Height and spread
dimensions specified refer to the main body of the plant and not from branch tip to root base or from
branch tip to branch tip. Where trees are measured by calliper (cal.), reference is made to the diameter
of the trunk measured 30 cm above the ground as the tree stands in the nursery.
Wrapping material for tree trunks shall be a first quality burlap, at least .27 kg/sq. m. in weight and
not less than 150 mm nor more than 250 mm in width, or a heavy waterproof crepe paper 100 mm or
150 mm wide.
Cables, eye bolts and turnbuckles required for supporting trees shall be zinc-coated and of sufficient
strength to withstand any wind pressure. Turnbuckles shall have a 150 mm opening with a 8 mm
diameter threaded hole for tightening of turnbuckle, for trees exceeding 75 mm calliper. For smaller
trees, the opening shall be 75 mm long with a 6 mm threaded hold. Wires for fastening to anchors
shall be pliable No. 9 gauge minimum galvanized iron wire for trees 75 mm calliper and over, and
No. 11 gauge for smaller trees. Cables shall be used for all trees 150 mm calliper and over. New
black rubber hose, two-ply, reinforced and 12 mm in diameter, or approved equal, shall be used to
encase wires where they circle the trunk or branches, and shall also be used to cover the turnbuckle on
each guy wire.
Pits shall be deep enough to allow a minimum depth of 30 cm of planting mixture under the root ball.
All ingredients shall be thoroughly mixed prior to backfilling. Topsoil shall not be mixed while in a
frozen or muddy condition.
Planting shall be done during periods suitable with respect to weather conditions as determined by the
Engineer. Plants shall be set plumb in the centre of the pits and at the same relation to the grade as
originally grown, after settlement has taken place. Trees and other plant materials shall be faced to
give the best appearance or relationship to adjacent structures.
Plants shall be set in partly filled pits or beds of prepared soil mixture at which time all burlap, ropes,
wires, etc., shall be pulled away from the top of the ball. A layer of loose unfrozen soil mixture at
least 150 mm deep shall be placed under each plant. Bare root plants shall be placed so that their roots
lie in their natural position. Soil mixture shall be backfilled in layers not exceeding 150 mm in depth.
Each layer shall be firmly tamped in place in such a manner that the plant retains its vertical position.
Particular care shall be taken to ensure that no air pockets remain under or around the roots. The soil
mixture shall be thoroughly watered when the hole is half full and again when full. The planting soil
mixture for the filling of planting pits and planting beds consist of five parts topsoil and one part peat
moss.
The main stem of each tree having a caliper of 38 mm or greater shall be wrapped. The wrapping
shall be applied in a special manner with overlap, each time starting at grade and extending upwards to
just above the second branches. All wrapping shall be neat and snug and held in place by suitable
cord.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS-TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 9
All plants shall be pruned after planting. The amount of pruning shall be limited to the minimum
necessary to remove dead or injured branches and to compensate for the loss of roots as a result of
transplanting operations. Pruning shall be done in such a manner as to preserve the natural character
of the plants. Leaders shall not be removed. Only clean, sharp tools shall be used. All cuts shall be
clean and flush leaving no stubs. Cuts, bruises or scars on the bark shall be traced back to the living
tissue and removed. The affected areas shall be shaped so as not to retain water, and treated with an
approved tree paint.
Trees shall be braced upright in position by three guys fastened to anchors. A turnbuckle shall be
inserted in each guy in such a manner that the guy can be easily kept taut. Cables shall be covered
with pieces of rubber hose at points of contact with the bark. Guys shall be placed around the trunk at
a point higher than the lowest branches of the trees in such a manner than branches will not be subject
to undue strain.'
Each plant other than those in planting beds shall have an earth saucer at its base which shall have a
diameter as large as the excavated area. The saucer shall be constructed so as to retain water around
the roots of the plant.
Shredded bark mulch shall be applied to all shrub beds as shown on the drawings. The mulching
material will consist of shredded bark free of any granular or organic material, or approved alternate,
which will be hand placed around all trees and shrubs to a minimum depth of 100 mm.
The following table lists the required data for each species.
Measurement of payment will be by each plant installed according to species.
Payment shall be at the Contract unit bid price for species of plant material and shall be compensation
in full to complete the work as outlined.
MISCELLANEOUS LANDSCAPING-ITEM NO. 31
Under this Item the Contractor shall be paid on a time and material basis for undertaking miscellaneous
landscaping works as directed by the Contract Administrator.
REPLACE 100 mm SANITARY LATERALS - ITEM NO. 41 (Provisional)
Payment shall be made under this Item for all labour, equipment and materials as required to install
100 mm dia. SDR 28 PVC to replace sanitary sewer laterals disturbed by storm sewer installation.
Unit price bid shall include for Granular backfill and restoration where appropriate as defined under
Special Provision for storm sewers. Payment shall only be made under this Item for laterals in conflict
and not for those damaged as a result of Contractor negligence.
REPLACE 19 mm COPPER WATER SERVICES - ITEM NO. 42 (Provisional)
Payment shall be made under this Item for all labour, equipment and materials as required to install 19
mm dia. Type `K' copper water services to replace services disturbed by storm sewer installation.
Unit price shall include for restoration where appropriate as defined under Special Provisions for storm
sewers. Payment shall only be made under this Item for laterals in conflict and not those damaged as a
result of Contractor negligence.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS-TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 10
WATERMAIN DEFLECTION UNDER STORM SEWER- ITEM NO. 43 (Provisional)
For the lump sum bid under this Item the Contractor shall supply all materials, labour and equipment
to construct watermain deflection in areas of conflict with new storm sewer. Work shall include
maintenance of supply, removal and disposal of existing main and restoration of disturbed surfaces in
accordance with the Special Provision under storm sewers.
Replacement main shall be Pressure Class 350. Existing main is cast iron size may be 100 mm dia. or
150 mm dia. to be confirmed by Contractor prior to ordering materials. Payment shall be made at the
150 mm dia. size due to the minor differences in material costs.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS-TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 11
SECTION 2 SANITARY SEWER AND APPURTENANCES
Reference: l Construction of all sanitary sewers and appurtenances in accordance with
Standard Specifications for the Construction of Sanitary Sewers - Revised
March 2000, Section 02530.
2 Contract drawings and details for Contract No. CL2001-11
ITEM NO. 2.01.02A -2.01.02H, and 2.01.07A -2.01.07E, SANITARY SEWER PIPE
Reference: Contract Drawings and S-401
Include: l Removal of existing pipe.
ITEM 2.02.03 -TRENCH RESTORATION
Payment shall be made under this Item at the unit prices bid for restoration costs additional to the cost
of service installation under Item No. 2.03.01 and 2.03.02.
a) Topsoil and sod.
Nursery sod laid on a minimum depth of 100 mm of topsoil.
b) Gravel
Gravel surfaces in entrances shall be restored with 200 mm of Granular `A'.
C) Concrete
Private concrete sidewalk shall be restored with 100 mm of concrete to match existing
walkway width.
d) Asphalt
Asphalt in private entrances shall be restored with 50 mm of HL-3A on 200 mm of
Granular `A' base.
e) Brick Pavers
Existing brick pavers shall be salvaged from private entrances and reinstalled.
Payment under this Item shall apply to restoration of sanitary sewer service trenches outside and the
right-of-way limits of Centre Street.
ITEM NO. 2.03.01 AND 2.03.02, SERVICE CONNECTIONS
Reference: Contract Drawings and S-301 and S-401.
Include: 1 Connecting to sewer pipe with proper adaptors, sweep binds, `C' clamps as
required etc.
.2 Dye testing of laterals.
.3 Marking and recording exact location of service connections.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS-TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 12
Note: 1 Service connections are not to be backfilled until as-constructed inverts and ties
are surveyed and approved by the Region of Durham Inspector.
.2 Measurement for riser services will be made vertically along the centre line
from the connection at the main sewer to the point where the service can be
measured horizontally and shall be added to the horizontal measurement.
ITEM NO. 2.03.05 - CLEANOUTS (Provisional)
Reference: RMD Detail S-303
Include: 1 Supply and installation of all materials necessary to construct cleanout as per
Detail S-303.
.2 Supply and installation of Sand Fill cover for exposed pipe. Reference ROD
Section 02530, 2.10 for gradation requirements of the Sand Fill materials.
.3 All miscellaneous items.
Note: 1 Cost of excavation, backfill and surface restoration shall be deemed to be
included in the service connection pipe item.
.2 Cleanouts shall be installed on site at locations to be determined by the
Contract Administrator.
ITEM NO. 2.04.01 - REMOVE EXISTING MANHOLE- COMPLETELY
Reference: Contract Drawings - Manholes No. 14-28, 14-31, 14-35, 14-40 and 14-84
Include: .1 Excavation and disposal of surplus materials.
.2 Removal and disposal off site of existing structure.
.3 Existing frames and covers removed are to become property of the Contractor
and disposed of at his expense.
.4 Backfill with select native materials and compaction.
ITEM NO. 2.04.04. - BREAK INTO EXISTING MANHOLE AND REBENCH
Reference: RMD Details S-113 and S-114
Include: 1 Breaking into the existing structure with removal and disposal of concrete and
reinforcing steel.
.2 Rebenching - Removal of existing benching complete and disposal off site.
- Thorough clean-out of the structure.
- New benching in manhole as per S-113 or S-114, as required,
complete in a professional manner.
.3 Temporary pumping and/or by-pass arrangements required for existing sewage
flows, to allow for benching in manholes to be completed.
ITEM NO. 2.04.07A, 2.04.08A - 2.04.08J SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES
Reference: Contract Drawings, Details S-101, S-111, S-113 and S-117
Include: .1 Manhole steps as per S-111 (Type C)
.2 Reconnection of existing pipes where required.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS-TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 13
SECTION 3: WATERMAIN AND APPURTENANCES
Reference: l Construct all watermains and appurtenances in accordance with Standard
Specifications for the Construction of Watermains -Revised March 2000.
.2 Contract Drawings and Details for Contract CL2001-11.
ITEM NO. 3.01.02 and 3.01.03 -WATERMAIN AND APPURTENANCES
Reference: Contract Drawings
Include: .1 Temporary connections as required to facilitate construction.
.2 Removal and disposal of existing watermain pipe as required.
.3 Maintenance of supply to all homes including temporary supply as may be
dictated by the Contractors operations.
Note: 1 All thrust protection on PVC pipe shall be by mechanical restrainers in
combination with granular thrust blocks. Concrete thrust blocks are not
permitted on PVC watermain pipe.
.2 Contractor to maintain water service to all customers at all times during
construction.
.3 Exact location and elevation of existing watermain and service connections are
to be determined in the field by the contractor.
.4 New watermain to be swabbed, pressure tested, flushed and chlorinated prior
to making connections to existing watermain.
.5 Restrained fittings are to be used as per S-430 to S-433 inclusive.
ITEM NO. 3.02.03 - TRENCH RESTORATION
Payment shall be made under this item at the unit prices bid for restoration cost additional to the cost
of service installation under Item No. 3.05.11.
ITEM NO. 3.02.04 - REMOVE EXISTING VALVE BOX
Include: .1 Excavation to grade and disposal of surplus materials.
.2 Removal and disposal off site of existing valve box.
.3 Backfill with select native materials and compaction.
ITEM NO. 3.02.06 - CONCRETE PLUG IN ABANDONED PIPE (INCLUDING SEPARATE
EXCAVATION)
Reference: Contract Drawings
Include: .1 Excavation to expose existing watermain pipe
.2 Saw-cutting of existing pipe
.3 Removal and disposal off site of existing pipe including fittings, valves, etc.,
as required.
.4 Supply and placement of 20 Mpa concrete plug in the ends of the existing
watermain that is to be abandoned in place. The minimum length of the
concrete plug shall be 300 mm.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS-TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 14
ITEM NO. 3.03.02 and 3.03.03 - VALVE AND VALVE BOXES
Reference: Contract Drawings and Details S-408 and S-425
Include: .l Supply and installation of resilient seat gate valve and box as per S-408.
.2 Excavation, blocking, backfilling and compaction.
.3 Supply and installation of cathodic protection as per S-438.
.4 Adjustment to level of base asphalt.
ITEM NO. 3.04.01 - NEW HYDRANT WITH STORZ PUMPER NOZZLE
Reference: Contract Drawings, ROD Section 02511 and Detail S-432.
Include: 1 Excavation to grade and disposal of surplus materials.
.2 Supply and installation of hydrant, anchor tee and resilient seal gate valve and
box and including any hydrant extensions and/or valve box and rod extensions
as shown on the Contract Drawings.
.3 Supply and installation of filler piece WM pipe regardless of length.
.4 Supply and installation of mechanical restrainers.
.5 Cathodic protection as per S-436.
.6 Backfill with selected native materials and compaction.
Note: .1 Place and cathodically protect tracer wire to proposed watermain.
ITEM NO. 3.04.02 -HYDRANT BARRIER AS PER S-416
Reference: ROD Detail S-416 and Contract Drawings
Include: .1 Fabrication, supply and installation of hydrant barrier as per Detail S-416
ITEM NO. 3.04.03 - TEMPORARY FLUSHING HYDRANT
Reference: Contract Drawings and ROD Section 02511
Include: .1 Excavation to grade and disposal of surplus materials.
.2 Supply of temporary hydrant meeting requirements of ROD Section 02511,
2.12 except for storz pumper nozzle and inner workings of hydrant.
.3 Complete installation of piping, hydrant, blocking, tie rods as per S-409 and
removal upon completion.
.4 Supply and installation of all other materials as required.
.5 Backfill with selected native material and compaction.
Note: 1 Contract allows for installation of temporary flushing hydrants on sidestreet
connections and at limits of watermain installation on Centre Street where
directed.
.2 Hydrant shall remain the property of the Contractor.
ITEM NO. 3.04.05 - REMOVE EXISTING HYDRANT
Include: .1 Excavation
SPECIAL PROVISIONS-TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 15
.2 Removal and separation of valve and piping, cleaning, salvaging and
transporting existing hydrant and appurtenances complete to the Orono depot.
.3 Removal and disposal off site of existing secondary valve box.
.4 Supply and placement of 20 Mpa concrete plug in the ends of the existing
watermain that is to be abandoned in place. The minimum length of concrete
plug shall be 300 mm.
.5 Backfill with selected native material and compaction.
ITEM NO. 3.05.01 and 3.05.02- 19 mm and 25 mm MAIN STOP
Reference: Detail S-414
Include: ' .1 Supply and installation complete with saddle union adapter, connectors etc.
.2 Connection to new service pipe.
ITEM NO. 3.05.06 and 3.05.07 - 19 mm and 25 mm CURB STOP AND BOX
Reference: S-414
Include: .l Supply and installation complete
.2 `Supply of stainless steel rod with brass pin.
ITEM NO. 3.05.11 and 3.05.12 - 19 mm and 25 mm DIA. COPPER PIPE
Reference: Detail S-414
Include: .1 Cathodic Protection as per S-414
Note: Water services shall be connected to existing services at street line on all streets.
ITEM NO. 3.06.01 - 19 mm TEST POINT
Reference: ROD Detail S-429
Note: l Supply and installation of all corporation main stops, valves, backflow
preventers, copper tubing, fittings, etc.
.2 Removal of all main stops upon completion of testing and flushing.
.3 Supply and installation of a brass plug in locations where main stops were
removed.
.4 Backfill with select native materials and compaction.
ITEM NO. 3.11.01 - TEMPORARY WATER SUPPLY
Reference: ROD Section 01510
Include: .1 Supply and installation of temporary by-pass line, service connections and
valves and check valves where required.
.2 Chlorination of temporary by-pass lines and service connections.
.3 Protection of the installation for damage as specified in "Driveway Protection"
and 'Burying By-pass" below.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS-TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 16
.4 Removal of by-pass line, service connections and plugging of temporary taps.
.5 Temporary shut-off of private services by operation of curb-stops or such other
means as required.
.6 Permanent surface restoration of the site upon completion of the work.
Temporary by-pass lines shall be supplied by connections at each end of the line where practical.
Where the ends are at different pressure districts, a check valve shall also be installed. Valves shall be
installed in the by-pass in the vicinity of existing main line valves on the line being
removed/abandoned and at such other locations as the Contract Administrator may direct. The
existing water main shall not be removed from service until the installed by-pass line has been
approved by the Contract Administrator in writing.
The Contractor shall make all shut-offs of property services and shall furnish water for the temporary
by-pass service from a hydrant or other temporary source.
Safety measures shall be taken by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator such
provisions shall not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for the adequacy of protection.
Driveway Protection
The Contractor shall be required, at his own expense, to mound over the by-pass pipe with asphalt or
other acceptable material, wherever it crosses a driveway or sidewalk in order to prevent injury or
damage to vehicular or pedestrian traffic. Building paper or other such material, as approved by the
Inspector, shall be placed before mounding up the asphalt. Such lights and barricades as may be
required shall be furnished and maintained by the Contractor. In general, the temporary service pipe
shall be laid where it will cause the least obstruction and is least liable to be damaged.
Burying By-Pass
At all street crossings, the Contractor shall cut and remove asphalt across streets to permit burying the
by-pass pipe, without disturbing the concrete base, where applicable and shall replace the asphalt in
kind when the pipe is removed.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS-TENDER ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11 17
SECTION 8 - GENERAL ITEMS
ITEM NO. 8.02.01 - BONDS, INSURANCE AND MAINTENANCE SECURITY
Reference: ROD Section 01001
Include: .1 100% Performance and Guaranteed Maintenance Bond for 24 months.
.2 100% Labour and Materials Payment Bond.
.3, Liability Insurance based on the Contract Price, as per Information for
Tenderers and General Conditions
Note: Payment of this item shall be made upon receipt of the applicable documentation.
ITEM NO. 8.03.01 - MOBILIZATION AND MAINTENANCE SECURITY
Reference: ROD Section 01001
The contract price stated in the Tender Form for this item shall be compensation for the following:
.1 Security protection of the Contractor's office, plant and sorted materials during the course of
the contract.
.2 Moving onto the site and setting up the Contractor's office, storage facilities, plants, etc.
.3 Providing all necessary access to the project including haul roads as required and the
restoration of the surfaces to their original condition after the haul roads are removed.
.4 Moving off the site and removal of the Contractor's office, storage, facilities, plant, etc.
.5 All required water for dust control until project is totally completed.
Payment will be made as follows:
50% of the lump sum stated in the Tender Form for this Item will be paid on the first payment
certificate; and,
50% balance will be paid on the issuance of the Completion Payment Certificate.
i
i
i
i
I
i
i
I
CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
i
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11
I
i
I
I
i
i
i
STANDARD DRAWINGS
i
PAGE ONE
STANDARD DRAWINGS
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11
STANDARD NO. DESCRIPTION
Detail 1 DECIDUOUS TREE PLANTING DETAIL
OPSD- 216.010 BOULEVARD TREATMENTS -URBAN SECTION
218.01 SODDING OF SIDE SLOPES
310.010 Mod. CONCRETE SIDEWALK
310.020 Mod. CONCRETE SIDEWALK ADJACENT TO CURB AND GUTTER
310.030 Mod. CONCRETE SIDEWALK RAMPS AT INTERSECTIONS
310.040 UTILITY ISOLATION IN SIDEWALKS
310.050 SIDEWALK DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE DETAILS
350.010 URBAN INDUSTRIAL, COMMERCIAL AND APARTMENT ENTRANCES
351.010 URBAN RESIDENTIAL ENTRANCE
400.01 CATCHBASIN GRATE
400.02 CATCHBASIN GRATE
401.01 MAINTENANCE HOLE COVER
561.010 INTERLOCKING CONCRETE PAVERS ON GRANULAR BASE
600.040 CONCRETE BARRIER CURB AND GUTTER
600.110 CONCRETE BARRIER CURB
608.010 METHOD OF TERMINATION
610.010 CATCHBASIN FRAME WITH GRADE INSTALLATION AT CURB AND
GUTTER
701.010 1200 mm DIA. PRECAST MAINTENANCE HOLE
701.011 1500 mm DIA. PRECAST MAINTENANCE HOLE
701.030 1200 mm DIA. PRECAST CONCRETE MAINTENANCE HOLE COMPONENTS
701.040 1500 mm DIA.PRECAST CONCRETE MAINTENANCE HOLE COMPONENTS
704.010 MAINTENANCE HOLE AND CATCHBASIN PRECAST ADJUSTMENT UNITS
705.010 600 mm x 600 mm PRECAST CONCRETE CATCHBASIN
708.01 CATCHBASIN CONNECTION
708.020 SUPPORT FOR PIPE AT CATCHBASIN OR MAINTENANCE HOLE
802.010 FLEXIBLE PIPE EMBEDMENT AND BACKFILL-TYPE 3 SOIL
802.031 RIGID PIPE BEDDING, COVER AND BACKFILL-TYPE 3 SOIL
S _ 101 1200 mm PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE
107 DROP STRUCTURES FOR MANHOLES
110 SQUARE MANHOLE FRAME AND CLOSED COVER
111 MANHOLE STEPS
113 TYPICAL BENCHING DETAILS FOR PRECAST MANHOLES
301 SANITARY SEWER HOUSE CONNECTIONS
303 VALVE BOX FOR PVC SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUTS
401 SANITARY, STORM AND WATER(MAIN AND SERVICE)TRENCH
BEDDING DETAIL
407 SUPPORTS FOR WATERMAINS AND SEWERS CROSSING TRENCH
408 100 mm TO 300 mm GATE VALVE AND VALVE BOX
414 19 mm AND 25 mm COPPER WATER SERVICE
416 HYDRANT BARRIER
423 TRACER WIRE ARRANGEMENT AT HYDRANTS FOR WATERMAIN PIPE
425 TRACER WIRE AT VALVE BOX FOR P.V.C.
429 19 mm TEST POINT BY-PASS
430 RESTRAINED JOINT DETAIL FOR P.V.C. PIPE
431 JOINT RESTRAINING LENGTH FOR P.V.C.PIPE
432 HYDRANT ASSEMBLY WITH MECHANICALLY RESTRAINED JOINTS
433 THRUST BLOCKING FOR P.V.C. WATERMAINS
435 CATHODIC PROTECTION FOR TRACER WIRES ON P.V.C.
436 CATHODIC PROTECTION FOR HYDRANT ASSEMBLY
438 CATHODIC PROTECTION FOR VALVES AND FITTINGS
501 PAVEMENT JOINT TREATMENT
MARK NOf
IN NURSE
TO FACE
DO NOT CUT OR DAMAGE LEADER
PRUNE ONLY INJURED OR DEAD BRANCHES. RETAIN NATURAL SHAPE
REMOVE TRUNK WRAP AFTER PLANTING
STEEL 'T' BAR (40 X 40 X 5 X 2400) OR ACCEPTABLE WOODEN
SUBSTITUTE. PLACE STAKE ON SIDE OF PREVAILING WIND.
NOTE: USE 2 STAKES WHEN TREE IS OVER 2.5m IN HEIGHT.
TREES UNDER 70mm CALIPER REQUIRE 2 STAKES, TREES 70mm CALIPER
AND OVER REQUIRE 3 STAKES.
TREE TIE TO BE FASTENED AROUND THE TREE IN A FIGURE EIGHT,
USING NO.9 GA. GALV. WIRE ENCASED IN 13mmO RUBBER HOSE.
WHITE CORRUGATED PVC PIPE RODENT GUARD 50mm BELOW
GRADE TO 500mm ABOVE
BASE OF TREE TO BE FLUSH WITH GRADE OR 75mm ABOVE FINISHED
GRADE IN POORLY DRAINED SOILS. TRUNK FLARE MUST BE VISIBLE,
DO NOT COVER TOP OF ROOT BALL WITH SOIL
100mm LAYER OF SPECIFIED MULCH, KEPT BACK 50mm FROM TRUNK
CONSTRUCT 100mm HIGH TOPSOIL SAUCER AROUND TREE BASE.
1:1 SLOPE ON SIDES OF PLANTING HOLE. SCARIFY EDGES AND
BOTTOM OF PLANTING PIT
CUT AND REMOVE ALL TWINE, ROPE, WIRE AND BURLAP FROM TOP
HALF OF ROOT BALL
REMOVE ALL FOREIGN MATERIAL FROM EXISTING SOIL.
BACKFILL WITH EXISTING SOIL MIXED 3:1 WITH TOPSOIL. FIRMLY
COMPACT OR WATER SOIL IN 150mm LAYERS TO ELIMINATE AIR
POCKETS AND PREVENT SETTLEMENT THOROUGHLY SOAK PIT WITH
WATER IN NEXT TO LAST LAYER
PLACE ROOT BALL ON UNEXCAVATED OR THOROUGHLY
COMPACTED SOIL
WATER THOROUGHLY AFTER PLANTING.
ALL PLANTS TO BE SPRAYED WITH ANTI DESICCANT SPRAY
PRIOR TO SHIPPING
DECIDUOUS TREE PLANTING DETAIL
N.T.S.
D ETA I L 1
i
Sidewalk 0.3m min
Note 1
0.5 Original_ground_
Pavement Granular base Boulevard surface mM
8%m1311
29 y 2%min 8%m
29
�°-r–
Rounding
breakpoint
Typ 0.3m '
Granular Subgrade Typ
subbase
50mm min
Typ Pipe subdrain �I
Typ
CUT AND FILL SECTION WITH BARRIER CURB
i.
Sidewalk 0.3m min I
Note 1
Pavement surface 0
Granular b ,5 Original round
ase m 9 _9 _
2q — -- r 8%max 29 r Mir
..•..; . 7.—•• ;r` . Depth as 2.
_�-' ' _ �''' _ , ' _ i:�•' specified
Rounding
Granular Subgrade breakpoint
i�
subbase
CUT AND FILL SECTION WITH MOUNTABLE CURB I ,
NOTES:
1 Where steel beam guide rail is indicated,
the minimum rounding shall be 1.0m,
with 0.5m required from edge of sidewalk
to rounding breakpoint.
A All dimensions are in millimetres or metres
unless otherwise shown.
i
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 1994 05 16 Rev
SP
BOULEVARD TREATMENTS _Date
URBAN SECTION
OPSD - 0101 J
of
J, on 2:/ lope$ rfoceeper� r • ' i •
Stoking(tyflush wlth _ '•, •• .. _ /
and driven .• :,.: _ •.
• iV
Imo• I'. -• •'. .I ' � � '; "'•.'�','� .'' � •, _ - � � _ ,v •i � � •'.. '• .i •/ I
100 /00
U ro - ,
/ _ '• % ' Subgrode elevation
on roadway frontslope
� of Di � - •/ - '•_ ' / • '. . ' '
NOTES:
A For application to designated areas.
B All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown.
F ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Date 11990 09 14 1 Rev 2
Date
SODDING OF SIDE SLOPES
0PSD- 218.01
i
Varies 1.2m Min.
Note 2 0.3m
BOULEVARD Concrete min kp* Sao a 3'
Soye 2% to 4% sidewalk 2%to�0%
2% to 8% —
——————————
.� `
�- R=5mm ~Subgrade or granular
r1 base as specified
Note
TYPICAL SECTION
5-1 0.25 T i
°3 Curb and gutter Expansion
" Y v joint material
BOULEVARD R=0.5m Note 1
Typ
CONTRACTION JOINT
....... ....... ....... ....... ..........................
R=torrun
5 --12.Om f�
Typ Expansion
joints
Y v Contraction
. . o joints
-►I I~12mm expansion Typ
joist material
EXPANSION JOINT
JOINT LAYOUT
i
NOTES:
1 Sidewalk thickness at residential driveways A All dimensions are in millimetres or
and adjacent to curb shall be 150mm. metres unless otherwise shown.
At commercial and industrial driveways,
the thickness shall be 150mm.
2 Sidewalk width shall be increased to
2.4m or as specified at schools, bus
stops and other high pedestrian areas,
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 1993 10 01 Rev
- - -IQQIEIED - - OP
CONCRETE SIDEWALK Date 2Q01 -03 -07
OPSD - 310.010
i
1.5m
Note 2
Expansion joint
material
Finished road ---Sloe 2% to 4%
surface 150mm
a e a Note 1
° Conc rete R=5mm
• e R=5mm sidewalk
' ZSubgrade or granular
Curb and gutter base as specified
as specified TYPICAL SECTION
5-1 1— Expansion
0.25 T joint material
Curb and gutter
v C N
c .• .. 'V .• '.
TYp
CONTRACTION JOINT contraction
joint Expansion
R_5mm 5 joints
° o • ' ':a.' �' o Contraction
--I I--12mm expansion joint
joint material
EXPANSION JOINT
i
i
JOINT LAYOUT
NOTES:
1 Sidewalk thickness at residential driveways A All dimensions are in millimetres or
and adjacent to curb shall be 150mm. metres unless otherwise shown.
At commercial and industrial driveways,
the thickness shall be 150mm.
2 Sidewalk width shall be increased to:
— 1.8m when adjacent to curb on
major roadways or as specified.
— 2.4m at schools, bus stops and other
high pedestrian areas or as specified.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 1993 10 01 Rev
CONCRETE SIDEWALK _ _ -IODIEIED _ _ OP
ADJACENT TO Date 2Q01 -03 07
CURD AND GUTTER OPSD - 310.020
i
i
Stop or yield Stop or yield '•
street Contraction street
joint Contraction
Expansion joints joint
2.5m Typ Ram slopes
I-- ramp 8%Ramp
ax
2.Om -- 11 Typ
--- Typ o
1.5m
cr TYp
Expansion joint
Curb and gutter material, Typ Curb and gutter
Through street Through street
UNSIGNALIZED INTERSECTIONS
Contraction
joint
Back of sidewalk
Expansion joint Directional lines
Typ
Crosswalk j Directional lines
/ I '\
Typ 0 0.3m apart and
1.5m long — min i
s
Typ
LCurb and --
gutter '----- •p
L1.0- —I--1.5 1.0
Gutter line Gv,.
RAMP ELEVATION l=ull curb
height � •
or
•s
r•0%
I Curb and gutter
Finished road
surface Expansion joint material SIGNALIZED INTERSECTIONS
2.5m Back of
sidewalk
f--Slope 8% max 5% desirable v a
o' 150mm min
e
Curb and gutter Sidewalk ramp
as specified TYPICAL RAMP SECTION
NOTES:
A Directional lines shall be 10x10mm made B All dimensions are in millimetres or
with grooving tool having a 15mm radius. metres unless otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 1993 10 01 Rev
_ _ �IQQIFIFD _ _ OP
CONCRETE SIDEWALK RAMPS
Date 2Q01 -03 97
AT INTERSECTIONS rOPSD - 310.030
Sidewalk I
TYp
I 1
Note 1
l
Curb
Typ Catch
basin Face of curb
Expansion joint TYp
material
CATCH BASIN
Expansion joint
Note 2
Expansion joint material
Note 3
Maintenance hole
I .
UTILITY APPURTENANCE
Expansion joint
Note 2
Provide a minimum
of 100mm clearance
Pole Asphaltic concrete around pole
Note 4
UTILITY POLL=
NOTES:
1 Expansion joint through sidewalk is 4 For portland cement concrete alternative '
required when curb and gutter is use expansion joint material around boxout.
poured integral with sidewalk. A All dimensions are in millimetres or metres
2 Adjust joints to coincide with centre of unless otherwise shown.
utility, with minimum slab length of 1m.
3 Expansion joint material shall be placed
around maintenance holes flush with
concrete surface.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 1993 10 01 IR ev
UTILITY ISOLATION - - - - - - - - - - °sP
. Date ._ _ _ _ _ _
IN SIDEWALKS . . OPSD — 310.040
1.0 Drivewo�—v'aries
A
Curb and gutter-1
B
E
N
D LD
�..1-.0.5m min
Boulevard
1.5m min Sidewolk depressed �B ^•-� ^^a ^�t
to match dropped curb
for driveway entrance Sidewalk depressed
FULLY DEPRESSED to match dropped curb
for driveway entrance
IDEWAi v AT DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE—PLAN
,,.._ ,_tter
,,.,..,
PARTIALLY DEPRESSED
S T it(on section
Sidewalk �Tron'sitfon Oro ed sidewalk
n
SIDEWALK WITHOUT BOULEVARD
SECTION C—C
Curb and gutter �--- 2X min 150mm
f..._ Note 1
Typ
Varies
SECTION A—A
NOTES:
1 At commercial and industrial
drivew s the thickness shall
be 5o mm.
A All dimensions are in millimetres
or metres unless otherwise shown.
raps
0r�ppped sidewalk� Sidewalk w
SIDEWALK WITH BOULEVARD
SECTION D—D
�--Varies 4X 2% min
SECTION B—B
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 1993 to of Rev
S
SIDEWALK DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE Date - - - - - -
__
DETAILS [ OPSD -- 310.050
s
Curb and gutter-1
B
E
N
D LD
�..1-.0.5m min
Boulevard
1.5m min Sidewolk depressed �B ^•-� ^^a ^�t
to match dropped curb
for driveway entrance Sidewalk depressed
FULLY DEPRESSED to match dropped curb
for driveway entrance
IDEWAi v AT DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE—PLAN
,,.._ ,_tter
,,.,..,
PARTIALLY DEPRESSED
S T it(on section
Sidewalk �Tron'sitfon Oro ed sidewalk
n
SIDEWALK WITHOUT BOULEVARD
SECTION C—C
Curb and gutter �--- 2X min 150mm
f..._ Note 1
Typ
Varies
SECTION A—A
NOTES:
1 At commercial and industrial
drivew s the thickness shall
be 5o mm.
A All dimensions are in millimetres
or metres unless otherwise shown.
raps
0r�ppped sidewalk� Sidewalk w
SIDEWALK WITH BOULEVARD
SECTION D—D
�--Varies 4X 2% min
SECTION B—B
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 1993 to of Rev
S
SIDEWALK DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE Date - - - - - -
__
DETAILS [ OPSD -- 310.050
i
DRIVEWAY DIMENSIONS
idewaik YADTH m RADIUS
c LAND USE One Way Two—Way m
Entrance min max min max min max
CL Dropped curb Light Industrial 4.5 7.5 7.2 12.0 4.5 12.0
Commercial and ADartment
Heavy Industrial 5.0 9.0 9.0 15.0 6.0 15.0
�600mm min
Dropped curb
DETAIL A see Table
Left 3.Om min.
turn if required
lane ROW
Varies
Sidewalk
Boulevard
Concrete curb or R-5.Om for light industrial
PLAN
curb and gutter. commercial and apartment
For entrance without entrances on 2 lane roads
curb or curb and gutter
see Detail A R=S.Om for all heavy industrial
entrances, and for commercial and
apartment entrances on 4 lane roads.
mm min
Ehtr �0 Sidewalk
89: agce
max
Joint
y mQ ci
:� •• m`� eu Pavement
Base
Subbase
Subdral
NOTES:
A All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING April 1999 jReVj srtiv
URBAN - - - - - - - - - P
INDUSTRIAL, COMMERCIAL AND - - - - - - - - - - -
APARTMENT ENTRANCES OPSD - 350.010
i
I
A r*
See Table
I
T�—
Sidewalk
Entrance Boulevard
>°
Dropped
Curb and gutter curb
600mm min 300mm I 300mm 600mm min
min A min
PLAN
R0 AO
•'L I
.� Base
Subbase
Subdrai
ISOMETRIC VIEW
3.Om 3.Om — var
8x SW or SW and entrance
Not e r
SAG SW Entrance
6r.
NOte 1 Dropped curb
4%t. Note 1 4Xmax
1 89. max
Note 2 4X. Note 2 +
CREST N°te 2 sy.. SECTION A—A
ax
DRIVEWAY DIMENSIONS
WIDTH
LAND USE m
single Double
NOTES: min I max min I max "
1 Maximum upgrade shall be 10%. Residential 3.0 14.3 6.0 7.3
2 Maximum downgrade shall be 8%. I
A All dimensions are- in millimetres unless otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING April 1999 Rev
P
URBAN RESIDENTIAL - - - - - - - - - -
ENTRANCE r-OPSD - 351 .010,
57 l+—
I N
N
co I
102 F_
102
h
88�25
31 •
51 --IJ
-i 51
_ r-
19
25-4
600
a 552
N 19mm dio.rod
1 i
qD !
II
I: o 10 T'P1 32 41yj T 7
— N GRATE PLAN SECTION C-C
70
152 R=838 R=4.5Tm
N m mm 25mm
�
FRAME PLAN SECTION B-8 ' 178 (Typ)-.1 r- --1 �-25mm
V ' (TYp)
657 �— WRz.25M 9
Slat 17 ro22 623— •I7 R=25mm --�r--13mm (Typ)
detail
ri 1 I a, SECTION D-D SECTION E-E
1'`° _-__� 'o S NOTE:
-0 f ------ - _I A All dimensions are in*millimetres unless otherwise shown.
1--105 1 - 615 I_ 1057
SECTION A—A ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Date F1987 03 31 1 Rev
72 Date CATCH BASIN , CAST IRON, -_-_-_-_-
14.5mm
a' R=
- — SLOT DETAIL FRAME & DISHED SQUARE GRATE
t PSD- 400 . 01
86�
II
N "
1
11
T6
to
N
76
i
i'
6 6 r-3��
O
N
600
a 552
N 19mm dio.rod
1 i
qD !
II
I: o 10 T'P1 32 41yj T 7
— N GRATE PLAN SECTION C-C
70
152 R=838 R=4.5Tm
N m mm 25mm
�
FRAME PLAN SECTION B-8 ' 178 (Typ)-.1 r- --1 �-25mm
V ' (TYp)
657 �— WRz.25M 9
Slat 17 ro22 623— •I7 R=25mm --�r--13mm (Typ)
detail
ri 1 I a, SECTION D-D SECTION E-E
1'`° _-__� 'o S NOTE:
-0 f ------ - _I A All dimensions are in*millimetres unless otherwise shown.
1--105 1 - 615 I_ 1057
SECTION A—A ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Date F1987 03 31 1 Rev
72 Date CATCH BASIN , CAST IRON, -_-_-_-_-
14.5mm
a' R=
- — SLOT DETAIL FRAME & DISHED SQUARE GRATE
t PSD- 400 . 01
8$-
A
i— 54--I 1'KAMt ULAN
SLOT DETAIL
R=3mm
R=10mm
NOTE :
A All dimensions are in millimetres
unless otherwise shown.
152
- 25
�- to 604
N
X16 mm Dia pin
r-� B
II
64 '' \
I -� ca
E� to
°D 1 I -R=1.5mr
U1 N _ _ _ I C` 0
O
\\ ♦\ \` \` \` ��` \`� �` I N
O
In
i �� \ �♦ \ 1 I 07
�, —� II32
See slot detai,�, 64 I�-
SECTION A-A
(TYP)-"1
�) 13mm(Typ)
SECTION D-D
r --�57
GRATE PLAN
SECTION C-C
•
861
IM
FDA
N
M
32- 1 , - t
SECTION B-B
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Date I987 03 31 1 Rev
CATCH BASIN , CAST IRON Date
FRAME AND FLAT SQUARE GRATE
OP
SD SD - 4 00.02
it
FRAME PLAN
lil ICI I➢il lil i�t ul to .lii.l is IGI
Al ICI litl Iul lil IN I IEI ♦ / liil lil IiIEluai1 lia Ii, \
- - - i0niii
ICI 101 In IiI liil liI [oil ICI In .I l:I�i.I�ti:I�Un�til�lr�la Ia
tl 1�1 �I 1►�1 it Ilil �l IiiI Itl fil li ut ilE•El•Ell-I I•;I•W0Ia t:l
it it Itl li•I IOI Ilil ICI IFN1 ICI lil lil :1 I:I I:l it it t it Fv lil lit lit
Ell
�I ICI I/I ICI lil IIII ICI loll of in I/. til lil�l■ I■ ■ 11 ■�■�■ 1.1 Iii
.I ICI lei is lil iil lil loll IEli of I till
lil lei ICI IC In lil �I�I�I�ItI■Iiil■liit■',I�I.I�I I:l
IN I [all It in lei _lEli!lEl:l is of
ol
I i
CI �I lil l
-- -- — ,� I�1 is liil I:I Iii
I
CIO
Do
613 613—
SECMON • •
S 50
li
NOTE:
L22 A All dimensions -are in millimetres or metres unless otherwise shown.
�\
MAINTENANCE • •
CAST IRON
• • • ' • • , ,
Boulevard/Sidewalk
,,-- Curb and gutter, Note 2
Concrete pavers, Note 1
Joint sand
Typ
25-40mm
bedding sand
as specified
i
/'�— Subdrain, Note 2
VEHICULAR
NOTES:
1 Concrete paver thickness:
— for vehicular traffic — 80mm min.
— for non—vehicular traffic — 60mm min.
2 This drawing is to be read in conjunction with OPSD 200
and 600 series drawings.
A All dimensions are in millimetres or metres unless otherwise
shown.
Granular base
and subbase
as specified
Subgrade
Concrete —\
edge restraint
NON-VEHICULAR
i
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 11996 09 15 1 Rev
INTERLOCKING * CONCRETE PAVERS - - - - - - - - - - Ws
Date _ _ _ _ _ _
ON GRANULAR BASE OPSD — 561 .010
J
U
c Dropped curb at
0 entrances
4o Typ
Finished 25 300 50 150
road I
surface
L25 N.30.
N �. '1
of sidewalk
Typ
525 M- 50
TANGENT Additional width where
sidewalk Is adjacent to curb
Typ
NOTES:
1 Flexible pavement shall be 5mm above the adjacent
edge of gutter.
2 Where sidewalk is continuously adjacent, reduce the
dropped curb at entrances to 75mm.
3 For slipforming procedure, a 57. batter is acceptable.
A Treatment at entrances shall conform with OPSD-351.010.
B Outlet treatment shall conform with OPSD-610 Series.
C The length of transition from one
curb type to another shall be
3.0m, except in conjunction with ONTARIO PROI
Ulu;; 11 %. shall conform to
9PSD-900 series. CONCRETE BARRIER CURB
D All dimensions are millimetres WITH STANDARD GUTTER
unless otherwise shown.
FOR FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT
N
U '
OI
0
100MM
Note 2
25 300 50 r 1501 Typ
ZID
•�.' c' .;.i'� Note 3 +I
525 L 50
SUPERELEVATED
LEGEND:
S — Rate of pavement superelevation in percent, X.
1999 IRev
KJ`
• ' � 1I I 1
I
Dropped curb
at entrances
150 -1 Thickness of
_ F sidewalk
E
Finished road 0 M �� o: o
0
surface ': :3�: :; z
N 1
Note 2
I
I---- 250 50
Additional width where sidewalk
is adjacent to curb
• NOTES.
1 Where sidewalk is continuously adjacent, reduce the
dropped curb at entrances to 75mm.
2 For slipforming procedure. a 5% batter is acceptable.
A Treatment at entrances shall conform with OPSD-351.010. `
B Outlet treatment shall conform with OPSD-610 Series.
C The length of transition from one curb type to another
shall be 3.0m, except in conjunction with guide rail,
it shall conform to OPSD-900 Series.
D All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown.
i
sr
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING April 1999 JRevJ M
CONCRETE BARRIER CURB =_______
OPSD - 600.110
150mm
3.8m Termination min
Curb and
gutter
1 '
0
0 sr
Gutter line I
PLAN to 225 �--
C'' END VIEW
ELEVATION
MOUNTABLE CURB AND GUTTER
Curb and 150mm
gutter ____._ 3.8m Termination —'1 min
>° 0
i
Gutter or i
curb line I
PLAN —�} Varies�-
�'' END VIEW
ELEVATION
BARRIER AND SEMI—MOUNTABLE CURB AND GUTTER
NOTES:
1 Slope to match existing shoulder.
A This drawing is to be read in conjunction with
OPSD-600 series curb and gutter drawings.
B All dimensions are in millimetres unless
otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING April 1999 Rev
P .
METHOD OF TERMINATION -_________ _
FOR CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER OPSD - 608.010
Semi—mountable or
mountable curb and gutter EP
Barrier curb and gutter
r 1 See details
�— 4..
below
—
i
Adjustment units
See OPSD 704.010
\I
i� utter line
"ARRIER CURB
Hot mix asphalt
Mortar
20mm max
Typ r
Granular
base
SECTION A—A
SEMI—MOUNTABLE or MOUNTABLE
CURB AND GUTTER
DETAILS
25
Face —
of curb
B�—
Saw cut Top of curb
or Joint, Typ—\
—Hot mix asphalt
Typ
A r* Saw cut
Back of curb or Joint, Typ
Curb
D D
Gutter
EP
YIr16
B
L L-0-
Fro me with grate
PLAN
Taper: length 150mm max Top of
depth 5mm min, Typ pavement
Gutter Tine NOTE: SECTION B—B Typ
nulor base
• A All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2000 JRevJ0
CATCH BASIN FRAME WITH GRATE - - - - - - - - - -
INSTALLATION AT - - - - - - - - - - Ito
CURB ANDEGUTTER CURB AND GUTTER OPSD - 610.010
%/////,
i� utter line
"ARRIER CURB
Hot mix asphalt
Mortar
20mm max
Typ r
Granular
base
SECTION A—A
SEMI—MOUNTABLE or MOUNTABLE
CURB AND GUTTER
DETAILS
25
Face —
of curb
B�—
Saw cut Top of curb
or Joint, Typ—\
—Hot mix asphalt
Typ
A r* Saw cut
Back of curb or Joint, Typ
Curb
D D
Gutter
EP
YIr16
B
L L-0-
Fro me with grate
PLAN
Taper: length 150mm max Top of
depth 5mm min, Typ pavement
Gutter Tine NOTE: SECTION B—B Typ
nulor base
• A All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2000 JRevJ0
CATCH BASIN FRAME WITH GRATE - - - - - - - - - -
INSTALLATION AT - - - - - - - - - - Ito
CURB ANDEGUTTER CURB AND GUTTER OPSD - 610.010
i
For adjustment ---- n
unit and frame c'1-___==_15
installation see
OPSD-704.010
Typ �•.
• r
Tapered top
See alternative D '
ALTERNATWES
1
1200mm dia
Riser sections A SUMP FOR STORM SEWER
as required MAINTENANCE HOLE
------------
.I .
Monolithic base with 300mm max + 300
inlet and outlet Note 1
openings to suit Typ
See alternatives &B and D W, •. '.' •.
300mm. Typ
r.,.:•.. f1 Granular
Granular •_.�=;,�_��. :=• bedding
B PRECAST SLAB BASE C CAST—IN—PLACE BASE D PRECAST FLAT CAP
Bottom riser section with
inlet and outlet openings to suit Flat cap
Riser 150
section ,
----- ! 1200mm dia
•�• •� • •i :i; c( 275+ Riser
•• .. •..
• section
rr,, ,•^t. �, ' • 300
• ..•.
Granular ••• Steel reinforcement Granular
bedding as specified bedding
NOTES:
1 The sump is measured from the lowest invert. E For benching details, maximum pipe
A Granular backfili to be placed to a minimum hole diameters and flow configurations,
thickness of 300mm all around the see OPSD-701.021.
maintenance hole. F All dimensions are nominal.
B Precast concrete components according G All dimensions are in millimetres
to OPSD-701.030. unless otherwise shown.
C Structure exceeding 5.Om in depth to include
safety platform according to OPSD-404.020.
D Pipe support according to OPSD-708.020.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING April 1999 JRevJ2
PRECAST MAINTENANCE HOLE - - - - - -_ - - - - P
1200mm DIAMETER OPSD - 701 .010
For adjustment R-------r ALTERNATIVES
unit and frame
installation see - "-
oPSO-704.01
Typ - i - A PRECAST MONOLITHIC BASE
.
A
I
Tapered top
See alternative o
and E 1y a
h
Riser sections •� :f; `',�
as required
1200mm dia Granular "`• ''
bedding ti_�_—..__•— _'J
Transition slab •`
See alternative C �• � �•
B CAST—IN—PLACE BASE
1500mm dia
c '
300mm max .• E 150
Riser sections Typ E .1150 I
as required , E '
�.
� A �Bench or sump t 300
Note 1 ,,. �. . ''� : ' ���• , ,•.•.•.,,
Precast slab base 300 '�'`y� •Y.
See alternative •••.."•i . �' .•4 v•. ' . ' '`
A and B �.:' :••.�:;• •» •� I r s"'..• •': 1
• .iJ Granular L•. �`����+�� �
bedding Steel reinforcement
—Granular 300mm as specified
bedding Typ
C TAPERED TRANSITION SLAB D 1200mm PRECAST FLAT CAP E 1500mm PRECAST
FLAT CAP
125 S —1200 125
Flat 'v„.n♦t
------- t Flat
di cap cap
' Riser
Riser ..
------------ section section
150 1500 150
1500mm dia
i
NOTES:
1 For sump detail see OPSD-701.010. D Pipe support according to OPSD-708.020.
A Granular backfill to be placed to a E For benching details, maximum pipe hole
minimum thickness of 300mm all diameters and flow configurations, see
around the maintenance hole. OPSD-701.021.
B Precast concrete components according F All dimensions are nominal.
to OPSD-701.040. OPSD-703.010 and G All dimensions are in millimetres unless
OPSD-706.010. otherwise shown.
C Structures exceeding 5.Om in depth to
include safe platform according to
OPSD-404.0 0.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING April 1999 Rev 2
PRECAST MAINTENANCE HOLE _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
1500mm DIAMETER OPSD - 701 .011
Crate reference elevation
Tapered top -- -- --
flat cep
O
I �
I
9[ t Riser section
onoNthia base.
ass slob wi8,
sar ansmotive
®I
—� 2-15M O
1
A ++ A 2-15M O 150mm-
i
- � B
PLAN 15M--
2—i5M O 75
230--1 "85-1 1-230
WWF
Ciro ste h
}- 250mm /m
tM •'
125-4 1~1200.. di.-4 i-- 125
t
D
TAPERED • -
',rrtlatl�
■all
I WWF Cia:/steel:
PLAN 25omm m
1200mm dlo
125 1-125
Vorles from
BOOmm to .mc 2400mm. ____— MYWF Ctre steel:
150mm Increments = 250mm2/m
3000
NOTES:
1 Precast bases are available for '('
depth of bury greater than 10m. SECTION D—D
Depth of bury measured to floor of MONOLITHIC BASE
monolithic base or top of base slab. 10.Om max
A All reinforcing steel shall have Note 1
25mm minimum cover. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL
B Ste s accordin to OPSD-405 010
7 2-15M O 150mm
�3-1SM O 150..
Y \ / B
23-1SM O 150mm
PLAN
1475mm dla r%
205 685-1 ��
SECTION 8-8
FLAT CAP
1475mm dia 15M bent bar
every 3rd bar
as shown
SECTION E—E
BASE SLAB
1 MOM max
Note 1
STANDARD DRAWING
and OPSD-405 020. PRECAST CONCRETE
C All dimensions are nominal. MAINTENANCE HOLE COMPONENTS
D All dimensions are in millimetres 1200.. DIAMETER
or metres unless otherwise shown.
WWF Circ steel:
250..2/m
t -- --- ±
C , C
M
1'2S--j 1200mm dla —125
s t x„
—1O } �
�
E i• � �n
1 -1 i I
SECTION C—C
RISER SECTION
1998 03 011Rev
- - — — - - — — — — I —
OPSD - 701 .030
4-15M O 300mrn OC
each
L
E
♦way
—
E
.�.
1SM bent bar
every 3rd bar
PLAN ' as shown
1475mm dia 15M bent bar
every 3rd bar
as shown
SECTION E—E
BASE SLAB
1 MOM max
Note 1
STANDARD DRAWING
and OPSD-405 020. PRECAST CONCRETE
C All dimensions are nominal. MAINTENANCE HOLE COMPONENTS
D All dimensions are in millimetres 1200.. DIAMETER
or metres unless otherwise shown.
WWF Circ steel:
250..2/m
t -- --- ±
C , C
M
1'2S--j 1200mm dla —125
s t x„
—1O } �
�
E i• � �n
1 -1 i I
SECTION C—C
RISER SECTION
1998 03 011Rev
- - — — - - — — — — I —
OPSD - 701 .030
2-i5M O
ism
A�
i5M
2-i5M O 75mm-%
SM O 75mm
O 75mm
Grote reference elevation J_NNZOPM
T� —15M l+-3-15M O 75mm
PLAN
ll `l 125 I+--1200mm dla—1
NH as per
1200nrn dio \—ems � I � �
OP50-701.030 � SECTI ON- A—A'iE dio
Transition slab
or UVWW •��.
TAPERED TRANSITION SLAB
transition woe 10.Om max s-15M O 300mm oG
Section r4lef Section ---��� Note 1 each ray
t -t
Meet sectloiL D D
NanetRhla ease I
oltemotM I Mnvt'
t-
1sMB
O 75mm
O 75mm
IB
3-i 5M O 75mm
2-i5M O 75mm-1 "�A ft--i i -3-15M O 75mm
PLA
1830mm do
150mm 1200mm db I
min
„1• 30b
C
SECTION B—B
TRANSITION SLAB
10.Om max
Note 1
t-
E
{OOmm oc
each way
I ( Giro steel: '-15M tent Ear
315mm2/m every 3rd Ear
PLAN Total PLAN as shown
Bose slab l i l 150--I 1--1500mm dia—.i (-150
I
` � 1830mm dta
15M E.nt Ear
1500mm to 1200mm dia Ora L
a 300 315mm 2/m 303 3rd bar
.• svuy
O Total os shorn
NOTES: .—I T SECTION E—E
1 Precast transition slabs and SECTION D—D BASE SLAB
precast bases are available for MONOLITHIC BASE 10.Om max
depth of bury greater than 1Om. 10.Om max Note 1
A All reinforcing steel shall have Note 1
25mm minimum cover. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
B Steps according to OPSD-405.010
and OPSO-405.020. PRECAST CONCRETE
C All dimensions are nominal. MAINTENANCE HOLE COMPONENTS
0 All dimensions are in millimetres
or metres unless otherwise shown. 1500mm DIAMETER
XT
✓l N
steel:
Gy I -
I uC
C
PLAN
I—1500mm dlo 150
-------------- «
SECTION C—C
RISER SECTION
1998 03 01 1 Rev 1 1
`��yJ
—pcvt Curb wit
gutter
rrn—t 1��
450mm
maximum to
1771 V/1 first step
Typ
Note 1
1
300mm
SECTION THROUGH
TAPER TOP
Adjustmen
mointenan
with roum
Available i
or continu
Toper top
p Curb wit
,��
gutter
q `rI Frame to be
Jset in a full
ci.i_r n__m mortar bed
Typ
Grate reference elevation
Typ—�
Standard frame R----�---n --�---
and grate
Typ
y Adjustment units:
minimum of one,
----- 2L maximum of three
Typ
SECTION THROUGH
FLAT CAP
Maintenance hole step
Note 1—\ r--------
SECTION THROUGH
CATCH BASIN
Adjustment units
for catch basins
Frame and grate, or cover _ with square
—�— openings.
Available in
sections or
continuous units
Flat cap — I ' —
II' Catch basin
Riser section I I'
40TES:
If first step is in an adjustment unit, 8 All dimensions are in millimetres
the adjustment unit shall be of the or metres unless otherwise shown.
type manufactured with a step in place.
k Adjustment units shall not extend ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 1996 09 15 IRev
beyond the outside edge of the
structure. MAINTENANCE 1-101 C7 AN D
- - - - - - - - 'Y-9
CATCH BASIN PRECAST CONCRETE Date - - - - - -
ADJUSTMENT UNITS OPSD -- 704.010
150mm
B overlap
ALTERNATE STANDARD
HEIGHTS �
A A A 1980mm
B 1830mm
WwF 2/m, 1520mm
185mm /m,
each way
8
PLAN `
830 830 .
115 600 115 115 — 600 115 jf
O
L �
O
D-
� h V U
p ij O
� � U
"� ! v Knockout Typ
V) J
Note 2 C : Note 2 t
1
250
I v = +
>
> v v >
o a E � o
E Outlet hole
E 85mm 2/m, 01 ° o E Note 1
i° each way E °n •' i
' ° Q
300mm r 1.
� o all sides
T-.r
• ~ , , I y
Granular y
SECTION AA—AA NOTE G bedding SECTION 8-8
i
NOTES:
1 Outlet hole size 525mm diameter maximum, C Frame, grate and adjustment units shall '
location as required, be installed according to OPSD-704.010. j
2 200mm diameter knockout to accommodate D Pipe support according' to OPSD--708.020 ._'
subdrain. Knockout to be 60mm deep. E All dimensions are nominal.
A All reinforcing steel shall have 25mm F All dimensions are in millimetres
minimum cover. or metres unless otherwise shown.
B Granular backfill to be placed to G 100 mm dia. opening lefl in floor. slab.
a minimum thickness of 300mm all
around the catch basin. MOD.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 1996 09 15 Rev
PRECAST CONCRETE - - - - - - - - - - 0
CATCH BASIN date _ _ — _ _ _
600mm x 600mm, DEPTH - 4.Om MAX FO-P7S5 - 705.010
Catch basin connection
22.5'or 45'
Pipe bend
t
�s s
/ • • Granular bedding
°a Undisturbed ground •,
.. `
1 00m min
n '
Sewer main / Concrete bedding
/ Min width 600mm
.' •• Tee
` Note 1
max • �
Construction line
• 150mm min
RISER DETAIL Catch basin connection
22.5' pipe
bend
Tee
Note 1 1
Sewer main
45' NOTES:
max ; 1 For sewers smaller than 450mm dia
Bedding as connections must be made using approved
specified factory made tees. For all other sizes,
either factory made tees or approved
saddles may be used.
A Concrete to be 20MPa at 28 days.
B Ail dimensions are in millimetres or metres
unless otherwise shown.
CONNECTION WITHOUT RISER
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Date 1992 12 15_1 Rev 2
CATCH BASIN CONNECTION Date - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
RIGID PIPE SEWER OPSD - 708.01
.df�-��I-��l-/y
PLAN
300mm min -1 1-7 Catch int h basin
maintenance hole
Granular backfili---�f•,' I
�. •fir��- -�
\-Granular bedding
ELEVATION
NOTES:
1 Pipe to be supported with minimum
15MPa concrete to the first pipe
joint.
A All dimensions are in millimetres
or metres unless otherwise shown.
FLEXIBLE, WATERTIGHT CONNECTOR
RIGID AND FLEXIBLE PIPE
For installation of these connectors
refer to manufacturer's instructions.
A full length of pipe may be used
in conjunction with a flexible,
watertight connector.
FLEXIBLE JOINT
RIGID AND FLEXIBLE PIPE
(--300mi
Flexible joint to be -�
placed within 300mm
of wall of structure
, I
l
-f
Granular backfill
Granular bedding
ELEVATION
min
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 1996 09 15 Rev
SUPPORT FOR PIPE AT CATCH - - - - - - - - - - °sP
Date - - - - - -
BASIN OR MAINTENANCE HOLE OPSD - 708.020
CONCRETE CRADLE
RIGID PIPE
O
=
M
E
o
,
.df�-��I-��l-/y
PLAN
300mm min -1 1-7 Catch int h basin
maintenance hole
Granular backfili---�f•,' I
�. •fir��- -�
\-Granular bedding
ELEVATION
NOTES:
1 Pipe to be supported with minimum
15MPa concrete to the first pipe
joint.
A All dimensions are in millimetres
or metres unless otherwise shown.
FLEXIBLE, WATERTIGHT CONNECTOR
RIGID AND FLEXIBLE PIPE
For installation of these connectors
refer to manufacturer's instructions.
A full length of pipe may be used
in conjunction with a flexible,
watertight connector.
FLEXIBLE JOINT
RIGID AND FLEXIBLE PIPE
(--300mi
Flexible joint to be -�
placed within 300mm
of wall of structure
, I
l
-f
Granular backfill
Granular bedding
ELEVATION
min
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING 1996 09 15 Rev
SUPPORT FOR PIPE AT CATCH - - - - - - - - - - °sP
Date - - - - - -
BASIN OR MAINTENANCE HOLE OPSD - 708.020
PIPE IN SUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
Note 3, Typ Subgrade--,,,,
Support system
TYP 1 1 '
— Backfill material.
• For culvert frost treatment 1
300mm min. • Note 2 1.5
a T r ' .:
YP Clearance,
• - see table 300mm min
C C J
61 CC
G • G X
00
D
OE
E TYPE 1 OR 2 TYPE 3
W SOIL SOIL
150 •, �? I .
LEGEND:
O — Inside diameter
0.50 �' Bedding grade
Note i
PIPE IN SUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
DOTES:
I The pipe bed shall be shaped to receive the bottom of the pipe.
Pipe culvert frost treatment according to OPSD-803.030 and 803.031.
3 Condition of trench is symmetrical about centreline of pipe.
1 Granular material placed under the haunches must be compacted 150
prior to continued placement and compaction of embedment material.
3 Embedment material shall be homogeneous granular material, and
shall be placed and compacted uniformly around the pipe.
Soil types as defined in the Health ' & Safety Act and
Regulations for Construction Projects.
PIPE IN SUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
►U
Note 1
PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED
EXCAVATION
Protection against heavy ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING
construction equipment according
to OPSD-808.010. FLEXIBLE PIPE
E
All dimensions are t millimetres EMBEDMENT AND BACKFILL
or metres unless otherwise shown.
EARTH EXCAVATION
Clearance,
see table, Typ
Subgrade
3
Backfcil material.
For culvert frost treatment
Note 2
CLEARANCE TABLE
Pipe
Inside Diameter
mm
Clearance
mm
900 or lass
300
Over 900
500
1996 09 15 IRev
MIN. 900 V
SAND BACKFlLL COMPACTED O.D. + 600
TO 98% PROCTOR DENSITY (MIN. 900) yy(,
' �� •�,��:.a.::j:}'��'r PLAIN OR REINFORCED
CONCRETE MIN. 15 MPo ;` °T'"•",:,
DRY TRENCH :•'T p•
7�— O' 19 mm CRUSHER RUN !��;t O t��
vt o LIMESTONE COMPACTED ,�; �� u►o
0 0 Ij
TO 98 X PROCTOR �., •ti; o 0 1
DENSITY1;t*y
100 WET TRENCH `.,�t �a;�� `e» 100
�— HL8 BLEND OF -�
CRUS
CONCRETE ARCH STONE CLEAR CONCRETE CRADLE
CLASS
REINFORCED AS - 1.0% Lf- 4.8
REINFORCED AS - 0.4X Lf- 3.4
PLAIN Lf- 2.8
I (MIN. 900) ( (MIN. 900)
CD ;. ; :: SAND BACKFILL COMPACTED 1:.r`~:``": w°.�•.� ,.:..: ?. °o
M �'. `r.•' ar TO 98X PROCTOR DENSITY ;+Y''4Y„'� ,`•'�• ” e7
�:• `µ `}:'```� ' SAND BEDDING AND COVER
COMPACTED IN 150 mm LAYERS
TO 28% PROCTOR DENSITY -� '3 ;•
c JURY TRENCH
19 mm CRUSHER RUN •' t
0 o LIMESTONE COMPACTED
TO 98 X PROCTOR :;i:P`.'r. ",''•
100 DENSITY i' } ~c:>r • 100
CLASS pp WET TRENCH
CLAS F3 CRUSHED BLEND EA
CRUSHED CLEAR CLASS D
CONCRETE AND C.P.P. PIPE STONE DUCTILE IRON PIPE
Lf - 1.9
F� ;.
O.D.- OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF PIPE
Lf - LOAD FACTOR
0.0. + 6QO A, - AREA OF STEEL
(MIN. 900
1. BEDDING MATERIALS SHALL BE FULLY EXTENDED
•• �« ,_.... SAND X PROCTOR COMPACTED AND COMPACTED AGAINST TRENCH WAILS.
TO 96R PROCTOR DENSITY
BEDDING MATERIALS SHALL BE PLACED AND
T COMPACTED IN 150 mm LAYERS.
I 2. NO MECHANICAL COMPACTION EQUIPMENT SHALL
°0 00 DRY TRENCH BE USED ON TOP OF PIPE PRIOR TO PLACING
19 mm CRUSHER RUN A MINIMUM OF 300 mm COVER.
UMESTONE COMPACTED
TO 98 % PROCTOR 3. PIPE SHALL BE BEDDED TO PROPOSED LINE
DENSITY AND GRADE WITH UNIFORM AND CONTINUOUS
100 + SUPPORT FROM BEDDING. BLOCKING WITH ANY
7T—`— yET TRENCH HARD OBJECT SHALL NOT BE USED TO BRING
150 HL8 BLEND OF THE PIPE TO GRADE.
t STONE CLEAR
CLASSP 4. FILTER FABRIC SHALL BE USED IF GROUND
CLASS P WATER TABLE IS ABOVE THE TRENCH BED OR
P.V.C. AND V.C. PIPE IF GROUND WATER IS FLOWING INTO TRENCH
THROUGH THE EMBEDMENT ZONE.
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT ,
CHEMED: SANITARY STORM AND NO.:
SANITARY, D DATEAW-: 1998 03 3 03
AMO ED: WATER (MAIN AND SERVICE)
DATE: 1978 03 10 TRENCH BEDDING DETAIL
TIMBER OR STEEL BEAM
WIDTH OF TRENCH OF ADEQUATE SIZE
GROUND
ELEVATION
TEMPORARY
HANGERS DO NOT REMOVE
-Vol HANGERS UNTIL
13ACKFIWNG
—.1300!——J3ool— OPERATIONS REACH
THIS POINT
GRANULAR C
MIT'
z-
EXISTING SEWER
OR R WATERMAIN
z
z
w HL8 13LEND CRUSHED
0� CLEAR LIMESTONE
z ll�- C3 COMPACTED TO 9� %
C3 PROCTOR DENSITY
w
um o
i; 0.0.+600+H
'o
a 0 MIN, CONCRETE SLAB
600 15 MPa AT 28 DAYS
NEW SEWER OR
WATERMAIN
1%w 1�w
SECTION LONGITUDINAL SECTION
CLEAMUCE GREATER THAN 120
WIDTH OF TRENCH TIMBER OR STEEL BEAM
OF ADEQUATE SIZE
GROUND ELEVATION
TEMPORARY HANGERS
DO NOT REMOVE
HANGERS UNTIL
B�kCKFILLING
GRANULAR C
D.+6 OPERATIONS REACH
THIS POINT
EXISTING SEWER
OR WATERMAIN c;
+
0
HLB BLEND CRUSH
z CLEAR LIMESTONE
w C MPACTED TO 95%
0 x 0
z PROCTOR DENSITY x
O.D.+6OO+H
L)
NEW SEWER OR
+ WATERMAIN -----------
SECTION LONGITUDINAL SECTION
CLEARANCE NOT GREATER THAN 120
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED: REVISION NO.: 4
APPROVED: SUPPORTS FOR WATERMAIN, AND SEWERS DATE: 1999 02 09
DATE: CROSSING TRENCHES S-407
1983 04 19 1
I
SOLID STEEL SLIDE TYPE
OR FIBERPLAS
EXTENSION
STEM
FlNISHEO - GRADE -FINISHED GRADE
135 mm SLIDE TYPE
�-VALVE BOX & COVER
ui
_ E�
-- - - 00
N Z
•U�
IRON CENTRE EXTENSION - <w
(AS REQUIRED) w
I
i
i
50 mm OPERATING NUT
OPEN TO LEFT
GUIDE PLATE
EXTENSION STEM TO BE NON-RISING STEM
FASTENED TO OPERATING
NUT WITH 2 SET SCREWS
RESILIENT SEAT
MECHANICAL JOINT
GATE VALVE / \\
WATERMAIN �� �\ A.W.W.A. C-509 / \
1
AND RING .�.1 �•. 2•r' 1
GASKET i•. I
19 mm CRUSHE SOLID CONCRETE BLOCK I..-O.DJ
RUN LIMESTONE 150 mm x 150 mm x 300 mm
NOTES;
1. VALVE BOX TO BE ADEQUATELY BRACED WHILE BACKFILLING
AND MUST REMAIN PLUMB
2. VALVE BOX EXTENSION TO BE USED ONLY IF REQUIRED.
3. REFER TO SCHEDULE 'C' OF STANDARD WATERMAIN
SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLACEMENT OF MARKER STAKES.
4. VALVE TO BE COMPLETELY BACKFILLED MATH 19 mm
CRUSHER RUN LIMESTONE.
5. WHEN THE DEPTH OF THE OPERATING NUT IS GREATER
THAN 2.0 m BELOW FINISHED GRADE AN EXTENSION
STEM IS REQUIRED.
6. ALL INLINE VALVES INSTALLED ON PVC WATERMAIN TO BE
RESTRAINED AS PER S-430, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
7. IF VALVE BOX IS LOCATED IN A GRAVEL AREA,
A 1.0m x i.Om ASHPHALT COLLAR IS REQUIRED.
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED: REVISION NO.: 12
APPROVED:
100 mm TO 400 mm GATE VALVE DATE: 1999 02 09
DATE: AND VALVE BOX S- 08
4,
1991 11 15
FINISHED GRADE REFER TO S-445 FOR
CURB STOP LOCATIONS
FINISHED ROAD GRADE
ROD
gt
SERVICE BOX ECLIPSE PATTERN NO. 9 0
o� n
z •-
Z CURB STOP j
5w
_z
COPPER TO COPPER COUPLING 5
TO BE USED WHERE REQUIRED.
TRACER WIRES CONNECTED BRASS SERVICE GROUND CLAMP
TOGETHER USEING A SPLIT C W ANODE WIRE CONNECTOR
BOLT 111 10 CONNECTOR. (SEE NOTE 7)
COPPER SERVICE PIPE CRIMP END
TYPE 'K' / OF PIPE.
t
9§2
150
5.4 -�-�
S 5.4 kg ZINC ANODE
50 mm x 150 mm x 300 mm
NON-FERROUS CEDAR BLOCK PLACED
WATERMAIN ON UNDISTURBED GROUND
i
BRASS SERVICE GROUND CLAMP
C/W TRACER WIRE CONNECTOR
Ll4.5 kg ANODE TRACER WIRE COATED 7 STRAND,
12 GAUGE TW75, TWU75 OR RW 90 XLPE
WIRE RATED AT MINUS 40'C.
CORPORATION MAIN STOP (WITH APPROVED SADDLE)
i
.N1L.LE
1. FOR CONNECTIONS LARGER THAN 25 mm, REFER TO
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM FOR THEIR
REQUIREMENTS FOR FITTINGS.
2. ALL MATERIALS TO BE SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR.
3. THE WATER CONNECTION SHALL BE LAID FROM THE MAIN TO
150 mm BEYOND THE PROPERTY LINE, IN NEW SUBDIVISIONS ONLY.
4. HORIZONTAL GOOSE NECK TO BE USED WHEN COVER LESS
THAN 1700 mm.
5....WATERMAIN.TO BE TAPPED.UNDER PRESSURE.
6. SERVICE GROUND CLAMPS AND SPLIT BOLT SHALL BE
WRAPPED WITH ELECTRICAL PUTTY.
7. ANODE TO BE PLACED AT LEAST 1.0 m AWAY FROM THE SERVICE
AND AS DEEP AS THE BOTTOM OF THE SERVICE.
8. ANODE SHALL BE LOCATED BETWEEN THE MAIN STOP
AND CURB STOP.
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED: LAYOUT OF PIPE AND FITTINGS FOR DATE: 2000 05
APPROVED: 19 mm AND 25 mm COPPER WATER
DATE: 1976 03 10 SERVICE ON NON - FERROUS WM S-414
50 mm BLACK STEEL PIPE
PAINTED YELLOW
---- FINISH GRADE
AUGER 150 mm HOLE & FILL
WITH 15 MPa CONCRETE
I
i
REAR VIEW
s00 900
450 450 450--►r—450— ID
ro
O J M
N 04
of
N
O
O
O
M
O �
O_
N
I
i
i
ROAD SIDE LEFT SIDE VIEW
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED: REVISION NO.: 4
DATE: 1999 02 09
APPROVED: HYDRANT BARRIER
DATE: S-41
6
1978 03 10
HYDRANT
ATTACH TRACE WIRE
I UP THROUGH SPLIT
RING AND FASTEN
ado O in
Z
� FINISHED GRADE
i
I I �
WRAP TRACER WIRE I TRACER WIRE COATED ADJUSTABLE VALVE BOX TO BE SET
ONCE AROUND 7 STRAND 12 GAUGE FLUSH WITH FINISHED GRADE
HYDRANT BARREL i TW7S, TWU7S OR I
RW 90 XLPE WIRE
RATED AT MINUS 40'C I
co
I °
Z_
TRACER WIRES CONNECTED TOGETHER
19 mm CRUSHER RUN USING A SPLIT BOLT 1 10 CONNECTOR
LIMESTONE COMPACTED i I SPLIT BOLT SHALL BE WRAPPED IN
TO 98X PROCTOR ELECTRICAL PUTTY
DENSITY MAX
600
600- 150 mm GATE VALVE
150 mm D.I. Z°°
Z° OR P.V.C.
Z 0 M
1--
MIN 600 Z°o
BOND BREAKER JOINTS TO BE MECHANICALLY RESTRAINED
AS PER S-430 AND S-432 ANCHOR TEE 19 mm CRUSHER RUN
BOND BREAKER LIMESTONE COMPACTED
CONCRETE BLOCK TO 98% PROCTOR
300 mm x 200 mm x 200 mm CONCRETE BLOCK DENSITY
NOT
1. TRACER WIRE COATED, 7 STRAND, 12 GAUGE TW75, TWU75 OR
RW 90 XLPE WIRE RATED AT MINUS 40'C.
2. TRACER WIRE TO BE INSTALLED AT ALL HYDRANT LOCATIONS.
ALL ISIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED: REVISION NO.: 1
APPROVED:
TRACER WIRE ARRANGEMENT AT DATE: 2000 03
HYDRANTS FOR WATER MAN N PIPE S-423
DATE: 1995 03 03
13 mm ROUND HOLE
WITH GROMMET
I
I
N OTES
1. TRACER WIRE COATED, 7 STRAND,
12 GUAGE TW75, TWN75 OR
RW90XLPE WIRE RATED AT MINUS
40'C.
2. TRACER WARE TO 8E INSTALLED
OUTSIDE VALVE BOX AND BROUGHT
INTO UPPER SECTION THROUGH 13 mm
ROUND HOLE AND LOOPED AT TOP.
LOOP TO BE MIN. 450 mm IN LENGTH.
3. TRACER WIRE TO BE INSTALLED IN
ALL MAIN LINE VALVE BOXES.
I
VALVE BOX AS
PER S-408
I
f
i
VALVE
I
TRACER WIRE CONNECTED TRACER WIRE
TOGETHER USING A SPLIT
BOLT f 10 CONNECTOR. m WATERMAIN
SPLIT BOLT SHALL BE
WRAPPED IN ELECTRICAL
PUTTY.
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED: REVISION NO.: 10
TRACER WIRE ARRANGEMENT AT DATE: 1998 03 03
APPROVED: VALVE BOX FOR P.V.C. OR C.P.P. W.M.
DATE: 1979 oe 15 (MAIN LINE VALVES ONLY) S-425
II .
VALVE TO BE LOCKED AND
OPERATED BY REGIONAL
PROPOSED PERSONNEL ONLY
P.V.C. WATERMAIN EXISTING DUCTILE IRON
OR P.V.C. WATERMAIN
MIN. 600- MIN.MIN. 600
I
19 mm MAIN STOP TO BE
REMOVED AND REPLACED
WITH A 19 mm BRASS PLUG O
AFTER TESTING HAS BEEN
COMPLETED
19 mm TYPE "K"
COPPER
COPPER COMPRESSION
JOINT TO MALE I.P.T.
_ FLOW COUPLING
19 mm BACKFLOW PREVENTER
19 mm CORPORATION SERVICE TEE
j ? 19 mm CURB STOP MAY BE
OPERATED BY THE CONTRACTOR
t
i
L
I '
I
i
NOTES:
1. TRENCH TO BE LEFT OPEN AND FENCED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH SAFETY REGULATIONS
�i 2. INSULATION OF WATERMAIN BY-PASS REQUIRED
DURING FREEZING CONDITIONS
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED: REVISION NO.: 3
DATE: 1999 02 09
APPROVED: 19 mm TEST POINT BY-PASS
DATE: S-4 2 9
1982 03 19
I
I
SERRATED SPLIT FLANGE
0 ® -
i
® 00 0 PLAIN END-,--." SERRATIONS
PVC PIPE
O O DUAL SEAL
GASKET
l
FLANGE JOINT
RESTRAINER
UNI-FLANGE SERIES 900 UNI-FLANGE SERIES 1300
RESTRAINER OR APPROVED NOTE:
ANY CONNECTION TO OTHER
EQUIVALENT FLANGED PIPE REQUIRES AN
ADDITIONAL RESTRAINER TO
100 mm TO 300 mm THE P.V.C. PIPE.
SERRATED SPLIT O SERRATED SPLIT
T-BOLTS
CLAMPING RING CLAMPING RING
Q�Q PVC PIPE
GASKET
O MECHANICAL JOINT
UNI-FLANGE SERIES 1300
RESTRAINER OR APPROVED
EQUIVALENT
100 mm TO 400 mm
SERRATED SPLIT
CLAMPING RINGS
NOTES, THREADED ROD
1. ALL BOLTS AND NUTS SHALL BE --
CORE-TEN STEEL OR EQUIVALENT.
2. REFER TO STANDARD DWG. S-431
FOR LENGTH OF JOINTS TO BE
RESTRAINED,
3. ONE 5.4kg ZINC ANODE IS TO BE PVC PIPE
INSTALLED ON EACH RESTRAINER.
4. ANODE WIRE TO BE FASTENED TO BELL JOINT
RESTRAINER WITH THERMITE WELD.
5. ALL THERMITE WELD CONNECTIONS
R -NRRw D° 4
IMER iD OYSTTONr CAP" -UNI-FLANGE SERIES 1350
OR APPROVED EQUAL. RESTRAINER OR APPROVED I
6. MINIMUM HORIZONTAL DISTANCE
BETWEEN ANODES 1.0 m. EQUIVALENT
100 mm TO 400 mm
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED."
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED: REVISION NO.: 5
APPROVED: RESTRAINED JOINT DETAIL DATE: 1995 04
DATE: 1982 05 31 FOR P.V.C. PIPE S_4 3 0
TRENCH WIDTH
SRESTRAINED
FOR JOINT SEE
19 mm CRUSHER RUN MIN. 300
LIMESTONE COMPACTED + ,` ••
x TO 98 x OF PROCTOR -� ?V 0 D.
/ DENSITY.
MIN. 300
75
sFF �z`'os SECTION A-A
P <F 2
HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION
.�C
SFF SEE
B
TABLE S
IIII T FF
RESTRAINED JOINT SEE
S-430 FOR DETAIL ;<
• �a, TRENCH BED '" \
rq8 FF TRENCH BED SF \
SEE C FlgB
BASLE 1 <F?
TREND CH WIDTHi TRENCH
1150 19 mm CRUSHER RUN 300
19 mm CRUSHER RUN : ,;
LIMESTONE COMPACTED 2C �. OTO TO LIMESTONE O�OMPACTED MIN.
TO 98 r OF PROCTOR 09'. '� �_ PROCTOR DENSITY Q• ,.•
DENSITY •' ` 150 op. .• O.D.
• • • -� CLEAR STONE FOUNDATION '
� AS REQUIRED SEE NOTE No. 5
SECTION B-B SECTION C-C
(DOWNWARD THRUST VERTICAL DEFLECTION UPWARD THRUST
TABLE NO. 1
MINIMUM DIMENSION FOR
GRANULAR THRUST BLOCKS
NOTE DEFL. PIPE DIAMETER
ANGLE 100dc15 2200 300 400
1. ALL JOINTS ENCOUNTERED WITHIN THE SPECIFIED 11.25' 400 500 600 700
RESTRAINING LENGTH "L" SHALL BE RESTRAINED
ON EACH SIDE OF THE FITTING. 22.5' 400 500 600 700
2. REFER TO STANDARD DWG. S-430 FOR JOINT
RESTRAINING DETAIL. 45 450 550 650 750
3. GRANULAR THRUST BLOCKS SHALL BE FULLY
EXTENDED AND COMPACTED AGAINST TRENCH WALLS. 90' 600 700 850 950
4. GRANULAR THRUST BLOCKS SHALL BE ENCLOSED
WITH FILTER FABRIC IF GROUND WATER TABLE TABLE NO. 2
IS IS SEE NGHHROUGHHTRE CH WALLSGROUND WATER "L" MINIMUM RESTRAINING LENGTH (m) ' 0� ASIDE
5. IF THE BEARING CAPACITY OF TRENCH BED VERTICAL DEFLECTION
RESISTING DOWNWARD THRUST IS LESS THAN HORIZONTAL
100 KN/m2, CLEAR STONE FOUNDATION SHALL PIPE DOWNWARD THRUST UPWARD THRUST DEFLECTION
BE PROVIDED AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER.
6. WHEN FITTINGS.ARE PARTIALLY OR FULLY EXPOSED (mm) 11.25' 22.5' ,45' 11.25' 22.5' 1 45' 11.25!122.5- 45' 90'
UNDER PRESSURE, ALL JOINTS MUST BE RESTRAINED. 100&150 1.5 2.8 4.9 4.9 7.5 10.1 1.5 2.8 4.9 8.1
7. ALL PIPE AND FITTING JOINTS SHALL BE RESTRAINED
IN EARTH FILL APPLICATIONS, 200 2.0 3.7 6.3 6.3 9.6 13.1 2.0 3.7 6.3 10.5
8. ALL FERROUS FITTINGS AND RESTRAINERS TO BE
CATHODICALLY PROTECTED AS PER S-438. 300 2.8 5.2 9.0 8.8 13.4 18.3 2.8 5.2 9.0 14.9
400 1 3.6 1 6.7 11.6 11.2 17.2 23.7 3.6 6.7 11.6 19.3
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED: REVISION NO.: 2
- APPROVED: JOINT RESTRAINING LENGTH DATE: 1995 02
FOR P.V.C. PIPE
DATE: 1991 11 15 (IN COMBINATION WITH GRANULAR THRUST BLOCK) S-43
HYDRANT
ATTACH TRACE WIRE
F I UP THROUGH SPLIT
I
RING AND FASTEN
coo °o i
FINISHED GRADE
i
WRAP TRACER WIRE ADJUSTABLE VALVE BOX TO BE SET
ONCE I FLUSH WITH FINISHED GRADE
i
Go
z_
Go
� � ITRACER WIRES CONNECTED TOGETHER
19 mm CRUSHER RUN I USING A SPLIT BOLT / 10 CONNECT,
UMESTONE COMPACTED ( SPLIT BOLT SHALL BE WRAPPED IN
TO 98% PROCTOR I ELECTRICAL PUTTY
DENSITY MAX
6600 150 mm GATE VALVE i
150 mm D.I. z o
T �?° OR P.V.C. WM. n
1 �
go M
2
zo
M
iI
5') ,rJ. t�MIN 600- .rt
-i z�
BOND BREAKER JOINTS TO BE MECHANICALLY RESTRAINED
REFER TO NOTE 1 FOR METHOD OF ANCHOR TEE 19 mm CRUSHER RUN
RESTRAINING JOINTS LIMESTONE COMPACTED
BOND BREAKER TO 98% PROCTOR
CONCRETE BLOCK CONCRETE BLOCK DENSITY
300 mm x 200 mm x 200 mm ���-�
NOWHEN PVC WM IS INSTALLED, JOINTS ARE TO BE RESTRAINED
AS PER DWGS. S-430 AND S-433. j
WHEN DI WM IS INSTALLED, JOINTS ARE TO BE RESTRAINED USING
RETAINER GLANDS AS PER DWG. S-417.
2. REFER TO BEDDING DETAIL S-401.
3. HYDRANT DRAIN HOLES TO BE PLUGGED.
4. HYDRANT EXTENSIONS TO BE INSTALLED AT BOTTOM OF BARREL.
5. ANCHOR TEE, VALVE do HYDRANT TO BE COMPLETELY BACKFILLED
WITH 19 mm CRUSHER RUN LIMESTONE.
6. WATERMAIN TRACER WIRE TO BE INSTALLED IN VALVE BOX AS PER
STANDARD DRAWING S-425.
7. IF HYDRANT REQUIRES ACCESS ACROSS DITCH, INSTALLATION MUST
BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD DRAWING S-428.
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT'
CHECKED: REVISION NO.: 8
APPROVED:
HYDRANT ASSEMBLY WITH DATE: 2000 03
MECHANICALLY RESTRAINED JOINTS
DATE: S-434,1982 05 31
L MAX GRANULAR THRUST BLOCK
19 mm CRUSHER RUN L
600 LIMESTONE COMPACTED TO
• • : 98 X PROCTOR DENSITY.
"• 300
y MECHANICAL JOINT CAP °.
3 A L�
v L•, n, G.D.
i Z
W �• -N` IIZ
• •• M _ MI
EhrW-_rSNr=_ar 300
ar -
•s.
RESTRAINED rrrmE w UNDISTURBED GROUND ELEVATION
JOINT ' x'1150
PLAN DEAD ENDS
Tr RENCH WIDTH L
i
E
GRANULAR THRUST BLOCK ;.• • . • • •;
300
19 mm CRUSHER RUN
L '• LIMESTONE COMPACTED TO
98 X PROCTOR DENSITY. O.D.
° --
rr
w fa
UNDISTURBED ELEVATION
,�.• loZ GROUND
RESTRAINED
JOINT
f j RESTRAINED TEE
I WHERE PIPE IS TWO SIZES LARGER OR
MORE TO REDUCED PIPE.
i.e. 300 0 TO 150 0
TRENCH WIDTH 200 0 TO 100 0
I j PLAN RESTRAINED REDUCER
TRENCH WIDTH
� � E
L
L. •� A' GRANULAR THRUST BLOCK •.• ::•..•. �;
-.6U •: 19 mm CRUSHER RUN :- '. ' '. 300
o LIMESTONE COMPACTED TO
3 98 X PROCTOR DENSITY. f �8
_ '' p O.D.
L) .'1 yyil
w •, w
f-e MIN - "� n
M 150 - °E` �'•' 1300
A.•N' — UNDISTURBED GROUND
f .v
a�� ELEVATION
RESTRAINED w
JOINT
TRENCH WIDTH
NOTES: PLAN PLUGGED CROSS
1.ALL JOINTS ENCOUNTERED WITHIN THE SPECIFIED 4.GRANULAR THRUST BLOCKS SHALL BE ENCLOSED WITH PIPE "L" MIN. RESTRAINING
RESTRAINING LENGTH (L) SHALL BE RESTRAINED FROM FILTER FABRIC IF GROUND WATER TABLE IS ABOVE THE DIP. LENGTH (m)
THE FIRST JOINT ON FITTING. TRENCH BED OR IF GROUND WATER IS SEEPING
2.REFER TO STANDARD DWG. S-430 FOR JOINT THROUGH TRENCH WALLS. 100&150 15.2
RESTRAINING DETAIL AND TYPE. 5•WHEN FITTINGS ARE PARTIALLY OR FULLY EXPOSED
3.GRANULAR THRUST BLOCKS SHALL BE FULLY EXTENDED UNDER PRESSURE, ALL JOINTS MUST BE RESTRAINED. 200 19.6
AND COMPACTED AGAINST TRENCH WALLS. IF TRENCH 6'ALL PIPE AND FITTING JOINTS SHALL BE RESTRAINED
WALL ARE SATURATED OR DISTURBED, SPECIAL DESIGN IN EARTH FILL APPUCATIONS.
7
DETAILS OF THRUST RESTRAINT SHALL BE PROVIDED BY 'ALL FERROUS FITTINGS AND RESTRAINERS TO BE 300 27.7
CATHODES TO PROTECTED AS PER S-438.
THE ENGINEER FOR REVIEW BY THE REGION.
8•ALL SIDES TO BE RESTRAINED FOR IN LINE TEES. 400 36.3
ALL DIMENSIONS IN-MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED: THRUST BLOCK FOR P.V.C. WATERMAINS DATE. 999 02 09
APPROVED: FOR HYDRANT RUN 0 UTS, TEES
1991 11 15
DATE: AND DEAD ENDS S-433
i
SERVICE CONNECTOR (SEE NOTE 3)
MASTIC MATERIAL (SEE NOTE 4)
i
A TRACER WIRE (SEE NOTE 1)
oo
i
PVC CPP
WATERMRM AIN '
A �
5.4 kg ZINC ANODE
(SEE NOTE 2)
ELEVATION
SERVICE CONNECTOR (SEE NOTE 3)
MASTIC MATERIAL (SEE NOTE 4)
TRACER WIRE (SEE NOTE 1)
COATED COPPER WIRE
PVC OR CPP
WATERMAIN
5.4 kg ZINC ANODE
(SEE NOTE 2)
1--1000 Z
MIN.
0
0
SECTION A-A
NOTES:
1. TRACER WIRE TO BE COATED 7 STRAND, 12 GUAGE TW75, TWU75
OR RW90XLPE WIRE RATED AT MINUS 40'C.
2. 5.4 kg ZINC ANODE TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED IN A MANNER
APPROVED BY THE REGION FOR EVERY 1000 m OF TRACER WIRE
...NJSTALLED.
3. SERVICE CONNECTOR TO BE A"BURNDY SERVIT" TYPE K.S. MODEL
KS20 COPPER OR APPROVED EQUAL.
4. CONNECTOR SPLICE TO BE WRAPPED WITH "SCOTCH FILL"
ELECTRICAL PUTTY OR APPROVED EQUAL.
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.j
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED: REVISION NO.: 4
APPROVED: CATHODIC PROTECTION FOR TRACER DATE: 1991 11 15
WIRES ON PVC OR CPP WATERMAINS S-435
DATE: 1981 04 01
A
r
Ct HYDRANT HYDRANT
ATTACH TRACE WIRE
UP THROUGH SPLIT
RING AND FASTEN
I
FINISHED GRADE Ot VALVE
I '
, i I
WRAP TRACER WIRE
ONCE AROUND
i HYDRANT BARREL i
,
TRACER WIRES CONNECTED TOGETHER
USING A SPLIT BOLT # 10 CONNECTOR
i SPLIT BOLT SHALL BE WRAPPED IN
ELECTRICAL PUTTY
,
THERMITE WELD (CADWELD) I
I 1000 mm u (SEE NOTE 4) BONDING CABLE
� (SEE NOTE 4 do 5)
MIN.
,I
Ei
I �
150 mm GATE VALVE WATERMAIN
150 mm WATERMAIN ANCHOR TEE
5.4 kg ZINC ANODE 5.4 kg ZINC ANODE
SECTION A-A L ELEVATION
A
NOTES:
1. ANODE TO BE PLACED AT LEAST 1.0 m AWAY FROM THE FITTINGS 4. ALL THERMITE WELD CONNECTIONS TO BE COATED WITH "ROYBOND
AND AS DEEP AS THE BOTTOM OF THE FITTINGS MINIMUM 747" PRIMER AND'ROYSTON "HANDY CAP" OR APPROVED EQUAL.
DISTANCE BETWEEN ANODES TO BE 1.0 m.
5. BONDING CABLE TO BE NO. 6, SEVEN STRAND COATED COPPER
2. ALL FITTINGS TO BE COATED WITH BITUMINOUS SEALER ON SITE. WIRE, CADWELDED TO FITTINGS.
3. PROVIDE 0.20 mm POLYETHYLENE BOND BREAKER BETWEEN 6. WATERMAIN TRACER WIRE TO BE INSTALLED IN VALVE BOX
CONCRETE AND FfMNGS. AS PER STD. DWG. S-425.
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED: REVISION NO.: 6
APPROVED:
CATHODIC PROTECTION FOR HYDRANT DATE: 2000 03
DATE:
ASSEMBLY ON NON-FERROUS PIPE S-4"36
1985 OS 21
CL VALVE
I
i
i
I
THERMITE WELD
(CADWELD) I ( 1000 mm
SEE NOTE 3 MIN.
+ + 5.4 kg ZINC ANODE
i
.4 G a,.a.••'d
5.4 kg ZINC ANODE
A SECTION A-A
CATHODIC PROTECTION FOR VALVES (TYPICAL)
GRANULAR '.a.a;;4b<_
:.24 't.
THERMITE WELD 'a '
(CADWELD)
SEE NOTE 3 ape ,- a.•".•°. ap i 4
1000 laM.•:v��:a:aat:
MIN. ',4.:!'a�.•:!:
+ •.4`� . F .x,41-;4v�..,.
5.4 kg ZINC ANODE
SECTION B-B
5.4 kg ZINC ANODE
CATHODIC PROTECTION FOR FITTINGS (TYPICAL)
NOTES:
1.ANODE TO BE PLACED AT LEAST 1.0 m AWAY FROM THE FITTING AND AS DEEP AS
THE BOTTOM OF THE FITTING MINIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN ANODES TO BE 1.0 m.
2.ALL VALVES AND FITTINGS TO BE COATED WITH BITUMINOUS SEALER PRIOR TO
INSTALLATION ON SITE.
3.ALL THERMITE WELD CONNECTIONS TO BE COATED WITH "ROYBOND 747" PRIMER
AND ROYSTON "HANDY CAP" OR APPROVED EQUAL.
4.RESTRAIN FITTINGS AS PER S-433 AND S-404.
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED: REVISION NO.: 4
APPROVED:
CATHODIC PROTECTION FOR VALVES DATE: 1999 02 09
DATE: & FITTINGS ON NON-FERROUS PIPE S-43 S
1985 05 23
i
LONGITUDINAL LAP JOINT TREATMENT
FOR PROPOSED LANE WIDENINGS
NOTES:
-------------------- VERTICAL FACE AND BOTTOM
OF"m-M= AND PAINTED TO
NTED WITH BITUMINOUS
EMULSION.
0.3 m WIOE
DEPTH (MIN)
.3 WIDE G PROP. WIDENIN
0
2Y�AIIN J
EXISTING SURFACE COURSE
�__
ROAD 40 mm DEPTH BINDER ASPHALT
MIN. (2 LIFTS)
END TREATMENTS
RECONSTRUCTION REQUIRES FINAL LIFT OF ASPHALT IN FOLLOWING YEAR
EXISTING EXISTING NOTES:
ROAD 1.0 m MOTH _—_ 1.0 m WIDTH ROAD ALL VERTICAL FACES OF JOINTS
MIN MIN TO BE SWEPT CLEAN AND PAINTED
WITH BITUMINOUS EMULSION PRIOR
TO PAVING.
ASPHALT RAMP
i 80 mm DEPTH WIDTH VARIES
MIN
If
EXISTING PROP. BINDER ASPHALT
ROAD (2 LIFTS)
i
I
LAP JOINTS
CUT (MIN) TYPICAL END TREATMENT - FINAL OVERLAY
600 mm 0 IN) A'nC
NOTES
EXISTING I I _ :IM
—_—_ I I EXISTING ALL VERTICAL FACES OF JOINTS
_H– --{-}- TO BE SWEPT CLEAN MO PAINTED
ROAD 1 1 I ( ROAD WITH BITUMINOUS EMULSION PRIOR
TO PAVING.
600 mm WIDTH (MIN)
� 2C.5�`MN01,(�ONAL
2.5 m ASPHALT RAMP REMOVED
40 mm DEPTH
(MIN) DIAGONAL CUT
EXISTING
EXISTING
i
ROAD ASPHALT (2 BINDER
LIFTS)
END TREATMENTS
ASPHALT OVERLAY SECTIONS
NOTES:
EXISTING —- EXISTING I. ALL VERTICAL FACES OF END
-—-—-
ROAD ROAD JOINTS TO BE SWEPT CLEAN AND
PAINTED WITH BITUMINOUS EMULSION
PRIOR TO PAVING.
2.5 m DIAGONAL � 2.5 m DIAGONAL 2. DIAGONAL CUTS TO BE MIN. OF
CUT (MIN) CUT (MIN) 2.5 m, AS DIRECTED BY THE
40 mm DEPTH ENGINEER
(MIN) 12.5 m DIAGONAL CUT (MIN),
r
EXISTING ROAD IF ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS EXCEPT WHERE NOTED.
THE REGIONAL MUNICIPALITY OF DURHAM WORKS DEPARTMENT
CHECKED: REVISION NO.: 3
PAVEMENT JOINT TREATMENT DATE: 1998 03 03
APPROVED:
DATE: S-501
1986 04 08
it
I
CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11
I
I
i
i
BREAKDOWN SHEET
sleloliapual
SIP 01Japual
'ON Wall
LL
'ON wall
wn
w
muff
slelol
469
slelol
pieNuo8 paweO slelol-qnS
S'£69
plewo8 pawed slelol-qnS
8'172
1:8
96 so of 8L so
L'L17
11
L6 80 of O'L176+6
133211s 3M01
0'L8
11
1780 of 9"606+6
0'L8
Ed
990 of 9'806+6
3NV11NVUE)
17'9L
D:1
174 HW90 03 0'L6£+L
17'9L
11
SL 80 03 0'L6£+L
O'17L
11
£L so 03 SL 80
Z'L9
11
0L so of £L 8o
17'8
11
U so of LL 90
4'L9
11
990 of 9L so
17'£17
11
990 of Sao
0'9
11
17 8o of 990
17'99
11
Z 8o of 980
1332115 3211N33
paennao,.1
;y noas sle;ol-qnS
piennaol
;y noas she;ol-qnS
aouaialaa
uoi;isod
UOI}B;S 01 UOI}B;S
eouaaalam
uoi;isod
UOI}B,S O} UOIJB;S
SNI"aans
wwosL
sn03NV1130SIW - S31111Nvno
I
CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11
I
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION
(Borehole Logs)
V-N. -0
W-110
-011MINEN
SO
INI-E
IIEUWI �m -r- A
MEM 0
Elm
=,m
MEW ml-114�d �
MEW
-- mmm �
MEN
000mo�� r:,.: ..,
Mt .m M
MAM,�m
MOM 0
MEM 0
=-0 M- ml=
mmm_ 0
mmm m
Mom '
m M.
mom
ME =
� ii �i �
muml AF.
77�7� OEM
EUREW
KIM
ro,,mII � �■ �la7�
mom
Ulm.
Wl m
mom
om
11WAIN
ENO
a 30
000mo � �3 .
MINI
FIR
mwmm m
111110111011 , 0
mmm
110-m NIONIN �
MEW
MEM
NMI
NONE
WOMEN
PAO
000mo � �_�
IMI=.m ..- . -p
-mm- W
wo-m-m OEM
mum m
M.Mm 0
MOM 9.1 ------
CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON
CONTRACT NO. CL2001-11
OPS GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
(September 1999)
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARDS
FOR
ROADS AND PUBLIC WORKS
i
Q`►.0 STA 44
� O N
�pAL -PR0J
i
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
SEPTEMBER 1999
i
i
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
Table of Contents
SECTION GC 1.0-INTERPRETATION
GC1.01 Captions..................................................................................................
i
GC1.02 Abbreviations........................................................................................................... 1
GC 1.03 Gender and Singular References.............................. ................. 1
GC1.04 Definitions................................................................................................................ 1
r
GC 1.05 Substantial Performance................................... ...................................5
GC1.06 Completion...............................................................................................................6
GC1.07 Final Acceptance.....................................................................................................6
GC 1.08 Interpretation of Certain Words...............................................................................6
l
SECTION GC 2.0-CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
GC 2.01 Reliance on Contract Documents............................................................................7
GC 2.02 Order of Precedence
SECTION GC 3.0-ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
GC 3.01 Contract Administrator's Authority...........................................................................8
GC 3.02 Working Drawings
GC 3.03 Right of the Contract Administrator to Modify Methods and Equipment.................9
GC 3.04 Emergency Situations............................................................................................ 10
GC3.05 Layout.................................................................................................................... 10
GC3.06 Working Area......................................................................................................... 10
GC 3.07 Extension of Contract Time............................................................................:...... 10
GC3.08 Delays.................................................................................................................... 11
GC 3.09 Assignment of Contract......................................................................................... 11
GC 3.10 Subcontracting by the Contractor.......................................................................... 11
GC3.11 Changes................................................................................................................ 12
GC 3.11.01 Changes in the Work............................................................................................. 12
GC3.11.02 Extra Work............................................................................................................. 12
OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999 Table of Contents-i
I
GC 3.11.03 Additional Work..............................
GC 3.12 Notices...........................
GC 3.13 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Substantial Performance..................... 13
GC 3.14 Claims, Negotiations, Mediation............................................................................ 13
GC 3.14.01 Continuance of the Work....................................................................................... 13
GC 3.14.02 Record Keeping
GC 3.14.03 Claims Procedure
GC3.14.04 Negotiations........................................................................................................... 14
I
GC3.14.05 Mediation............................................................................................................... 14
GC.3.14.06 Payment................................................................................................................. 14
GC 3.14.07 Rights of Both Parties............................................................................................ 15
GC 3.15 Engineering Arbitration.......................................................................................... 15
GC 3.15.01 Conditions for Engineering Arbitration................................................................... 15
GC 3.15.02 Arbitration Procedure............................................................................................. 15
I
GC 3.15.03 Appointment of Arbitrator....................................................................................... 15
GC3.15.04 Costs...................................................................................................................... 16
GC3.15.05 The Decision.......................................................................................................... 16
GC 3.16 Archaeological Finds............................................................................................. 16
SECTION GC 4.0-OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND RIGHTS
GC4.01 Working Area......................................................................................................... 17
GC_.4.02 Approvals and Permits.......................................................................................... 17
GC 4.03 Management and Disposition of Materials............................................................ 17
GC 4.04 Construction Affecting Railway Property............................................................... 18
GC 4.05 Default by the Contractor....................................................................................... 18
I
GC 4.06 Notification of Default............................................................................................ 18
GC 4.07 Contractor's Right to Correct a Default.................................................................. 18
GC 4.08 Owner's Right to Correct Default........................................................................... 18
GC 4.09 Termination of Contractors Right to Continue the Work....................................... 18
i
Table of Contents-ii OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999
GC 4.10 Final Payment to Contractor.................................................................................. 19
GC 4.11 Termination of the Contract...................................................................................19
GC 4.12 Continuation of Contractor's Obligations............................................................... 19
GC 4.13 Use of Performance Bond..................................................................................... 19
SECTION GC 5.0-MATERIAL
GC5.01 Supply of Material..................................................................................................20
iGC 5.02 Quality of Material..................................................................................................20
GC5.03 Rejected Material...................................................................................................20
GC5.04 Substitutions............................................................... ................................20
GC 5.05 Owner Supplied Material.......................................................................................21
GC 5.05.01 Ordering of Excess Material..................................................................................21
GC 5.05.02 Care of Material..................................................................... ....21
I
SECTION GC 6.0-INSURANCE, PROTECTION AND DAMAGE
GC 6.01 Protection of Work, Persons and Property............................................................23
GC6.02 Indemnification......................................................................................................23
GC 6.03 Contractor's Insurance...........................................................................................24
GC6.03.01 General..................................................................................................................24
GC 6.03.02 General Liability Insurance....................................................................................24
GC 6.03.03 Automobile Liability Insurance...............................................................................24
GC 6.03.04 Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance.............................................................25
GC 6.03.05 Property and Boiler Insurance...............................................................................
GC 6.03.05.01 Property Insurance................................................................................................25
GC 6.03.05.02 Boiler Insurance.....................................................................................................25
GC 6.03.05.03 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Completion...........................................25
GC 6.03.05.04 Payment for Loss or Damage................................................................................26
GC 6.03.06 Contractor's Equipment Insurance........................................................................26
GC 6.03.07 Insurance Requirements and Duration..................................................................26
GC6.04 Bonding..................................................................................................................27
SECTION GC 7.0-CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND CONTROL OF THE WORK
GC7.01 General........................................................... ...................................................28
OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999 Table of Contents-iii
GC7.02 Layout....................................................................................................................29
GC 7.03 Damage by Vehicles or Other Equipment.............................................................30
GC 7.04 Excess Loading of Motor Vehicles........................................................................30
GC 7.05 Condition of the Working Area...............................................................................30
GC 7.06 Maintaining Roadways and Detours......................................................................30
GC 7.07 Access to Properties Adjoining the Work and Interruption of Utility Services.......31
I
GC 7.08 Approvals and Permits..........................................................................................31
GC7.09 Suspension of Work..............................................................................................32
GC 7.10 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work or Terminate the Contract............................32
GC 7.11 Notices by the Contractor.......................................................................................32
GC7.12 Obstructions...........................................................................................................33
I
GC 7.13 Limitations of Operations.......................................................................................33
GC 7.14 Cleaning Up Before Acceptance 33
GC7.15 Warranty................................................................................................................33
SECTION GC 8.0-MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
GC8.01 Measurement.........................................................................................................35
GC 8.01.01 Quantities........................
GC 8.01.02 Variations in Tender Quantities.............................................................................35
GC8.02 Payment.................................................................................................................35
GC 8.02.01 Price for Work.......................................... L
GC 8.02.02 Advance Payments for Material......................................................r......................36
GC 8.02.03 Certification and Payment.....................................................................................36
GC 8.02.03.01 Progress Payment Certificate................................................................................36
GC 8.02.03.02 Certification of Subcontract Completion................................................................37
GC 8.02.03.03 Subcontract Statutory Holdback Release Certificate and Payment......................37
GC 8.02.03.04 Certification of Substantial Performance...............................................................37
GC 8.02.03.05 Substantial Performance Payment and Substantial Performance Statutory
Holdback Release Payment Certificates...............................................................38
GC 8.02.03.06 Certification of Completion ....................................................................................38
GC 8.02.03.07 Completion Payment and Completion Statutory Holdback Release
PaymentCertificates.............................................................................................39
GC8.02.03.08 Interest...................................................................................................................39
GC 8.02.03.09 Interest for Late Payment......................................................................................39
GC 8.02.03.10 Interest for Negotiations and Claims.....................................................................40
GC 8.02.03.11 Owner's Set-Off.....................................................................................................40
Table of Contents-iv OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999
i
GC 8.02.03.12 Delay in Payment..................................................................................................40
GC 8.02.04 Payment on a Time and Material Basis........................................................
GC8.02.04.01 Definitions..............................................................................................................40
GC 8.02.04.02 Daily Work Records...............................................................................................41
GC 8.02.04.03 Payment for Work..................................................................................................41
GC 8.02.04.04 Payment for Labour...............................................................................................42
GC 8.02.04.05 Payment for Material.............................................................................................42
GC 8.02.04.06 Payment for Equipment.........................................................................................42
GC8.02.04.06.01 Working Time........................................................................................................42
GC 8.02.04.06.02 Standby Time........................................................................................................42
GC 8.02.04.07 Payment for Hand Tools........................................................................................43
GC 8.02.04.08 Payment for Work by Subcontractors....................................................................43
GC 8.02.04.09 Submission of Invoices...........................................................................................43
GC 8.02.05 Final Acceptance Certificate....................... .......43
GC 8.02.06 Payment of Workers..............................................................................................44
GC8.02.07 Records.................................................................................................................44
GC8.02.08 Taxes and Duties...................................................................................................44
GC8.02.09 Liquidated Damages..............................................................................................45
i
i
OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999 Table of Contents-v
STA*1
9
O P Ontario Provincial Standards
� �
for
cGy, s �r° Roads and Public Works September 1999
C+jpAL-Pap4
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
SECTION GC 1.0-INTERPRETATION
GC 1.01 Captions
.01 The captions appearing in these General Conditions have been inserted as a matter of convenience
and for ease of reference only and in no way define, limit or enlarge the scope or meaning of the
General Conditions or any provision hereof.
GC 1.02 Abbreviations
.01 The abbreviations on the left below are commonly found in the Contract Documents and represent
the organizations and phrases listed on the right:
"AASHTO" - American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials
"ANSI" - American National Standards Institute
"ASTM" - American Society for Testing and Materials
"AWG" - American Wire Gauge
"AWWA" - American Water Works Association
"CESA" - Canadian Engineering Standards Association
"CGSB" - Canadian General Standards Board
"CSA" - Canadian Standards Association
"CWB" - Canadian Welding Bureau
"GC" - General Conditions
"MOE" - Ministry of the Environment(Ontario)
"MTC" - Ministry of Transportation (Ontario)
"MTO" - Ministry of Transportation (Ontario)
"MUTCD" - Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices, published by MTO
"OPS" - Ontario Provincial Standard
"OPSD" - Ontario Provincial Standard Drawing
"OPSS" - Ontario Provincial Standard Specification
"PEO" - Professional Engineers Ontario
"SAE" - Society of Automotive Engineers
"SSPC" - Structural Steel Painting Council
"UL" - Underwriters Laboratories
"ULC" - Underwriters Laboratories Canada
GC 1.03 Gender and Singular References
.01 References to the masculine or singular throughout the Contract Documents shall be considered to
include the feminine and the plural and vice versa as the context requires:
GC 1.04 Definitions
.01 For the purposes of this Contract the following definitions apply:
Actual Measurement: means the field measurement of that quantity within the approved limits of the
Work.
OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999 Page 1
i
Additional Work: means work not provided for in the Contract and not considered by the Contract
Administrator to be essential to the satisfactory completion of the Contract within its intended scope.
Base: means a layer of material of specified type and thickness placed immediately below the pavement,
driving surface,finished grade,curb and utter, or sidewalk.
9 9
Certificate of Subcontract Completion: means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator in
accordance with clause GC 8.02.03.02, Certification of Subcontract Completion.
Certificate of Substantial Performance: means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator at
Substantial Performance.
Change Directive: means any written instruction signed by the Owner, or by the Contract Administrator
where so authorized, directing that a Change in the Work or Extra Work be performed.
Change in the Work: means the deletion, extension, increase, decrease or alteration of lines, grades,
dimensions, quantities, methods, drawings, substantial changes in geotechnical, subsurface, surface or
other conditions, changes in the character of the Work to be done or materials of the Work or part thereof,
within'Ihe intended scope of the Contract
i
Change Order means a written amendment to the Contract signed by the Contractor and the Owner, or
the Contract Administrator where so authorized, covering contingencies, a Change in the Work, Extra
Work,Additional Work and changed subsurface conditions, and establishing the basis for payment and the
time allowed for the adjustment of the Contract Time.
Completion Certificate: means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator at completion.
Constructor: means, for the purposes of, and within the meaning of the Occupational Health and Safety
Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.O.1, as amended and amendments thereto,the Contractor who executes the Contract.
Contract: means the undertaking by the Owner and the Contractor to perform their respective duties, I
responsibilities and obligations as prescribed in the Contract Documents.
Contract Administrator: means the person, partnership or corporation designated by the Owner to be
the Owner's representative for the purposes of the Contract.
I
Contract Documents: mean the executed Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor, the
Tender, the General Conditions of Contract, the Supplemental General Conditions of Contract, Standard
Specifications, Special Provisions, Contract Drawings, addenda incorporated in a Contract Document
before the execution of the Agreement, such other documents as may be listed in the Agreement and
subsequent amendments to the Contract Documents made pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement.
Contract Drawings: or Contract Plans: mean drawings or plans, any Geotechnical Report, any
Subsurface Report and other reports and information provided by the Owner for the Work, and without
limiting the generality thereof, may include soil profiles, foundation investigation reports, reinforcing steel
schedules, aggregate sources lists, Quantity Sheets, cross-sections and standard drawings.
Contract Time: means the time stipulated in the Contract Documents for Substantial Performance of the
Work, including any extension of Contract Time made pursuant to the Contract Documents.
i
Contractor: means the person, partnership or corporation undertaking the Work as identified in the
Agreement.
Controlling Operation: means any component of the Work,which, if delayed,will delay the completion of
the Work.
Page 2 OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999
I
Cost Plus: See"Time and Material'.
Cut-Off Date: means the date up to which payment will be made for work performed.
Daily Work Records: mean daily Records detailing the number and categories of workers and hours
worked or on standby; types and quantities of Equipment and number of hours in use or on standby; and
description and quantities of Material utilized.
Day: means a calendar day.
Drawings: or Plans: mean any Contract Drawings or Contract Plans or any Working Drawings or
Working Plans, or any reproductions of drawings or plans pertaining to the Work.
Equipment: means all machinery and equipment used for preparing, fabricating, conveying or erecting
the Work and normally referred to as construction machinery and equipment.
Estimate: means a calculation of the quantity or cost of the Work or part of it-depending on the context.
Extra Work: means work not provided for in the Contract as awarded but considered by the Contract
Administrator to be essential to the satisfactory completion of the Contract within its intended scope,
including unanticipated work required to comply with legislation and regulations which affect the Work.
Final Acceptance Certificate: means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator at Final
Acceptance of the Work.
Final Detailed Statement: means a complete evaluation prepared by the Contract Administrator showing
the quantities, unit prices and final dollar amounts of all items of work completed under the Contract,
including variations in tender items and Extra Work, all as set out in the same general form as the monthly
estimates.
i
Force Account: See'Time and Material'.
Geotechnical Report: means a report or other information identifying soil, rock and ground water
conditions in the area of any proposed excavation or fill.
I
Grade: means the required elevation of that part of the work.
Hand Tools: means tools that are commonly called tools or implements of-the trade and include small
power tools.
Highway: means a common and public highway any part of which is intended for or used by the general
public for the passage of vehicles and includes the area between the lateral property lines thereof.
Lump Sum Item: means a tender item indicating a portion of the Work for which payment will be made at
a single tendered price. Payment is not based on a measured quantity, although a quantity may be given
in the Contract Documents.
Major Item: means any tender item that has a value, calculated on the basis of its actual or estimated
tender quantity, whichever is the larger, multiplied by its tender unit price, which is equal or greater than
the lesser of,
a) $100,000, or
b) 5% of the total tender value calculated on the basis of the total of all the estimated tender
quantities and the tender unit prices.
Material: means material, machinery, equipment and fixtures forming part of the Work.
OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999 Page 3
Owner. means the party to the Contract for whom the Work is being performed, as identified in the
Agreement, and includes, with the same meaning and import, "Authority". N. j
Pavement: means a wearing course or courses placed on the Roadway and consisting of asphaltic
concrete, hydraulic cement concrete-Portland cement concrete, or plant or road mixed mulch.
Performance Bond: means the type of security furnished to the Owner to guarantee completion of the
Work in accordance with the Contract and to the extent provided in the bond.
Plan Quantity: means that quantity as computed from within the boundary lines of the Work as shown in
the Contract Documents.
Project: means the construction of the Work as contemplated by this Contract.
i
Quantity Sheet: means a list of the quantities of Work to be done.
Rate.,.of. Interest: means the rate determined by the Minister of Finance of Ontario and issued by, and
available from,the Owner.
Records: mean any books, payrolls, accounts or other information which relate to the Work or any
Change in the Work or claims arising therefrom.
Roadway: means that part of the Highway designed or intended for use by vehicular traffic and includes
the Shoulders.
i
Shoulder means that portion of the Roadway between the edge of the wearing surface and the top
inside edge of the ditch or fill slope. f
I
Special Provisions: mean special directions containing requirements peculiar to the Work.
Standard Specification: means a standard practice required and stipulated by the Owner for f
- performance of the Work.
Subbase: means a layer of material of specified type and thickness between the Subgrade and the Base.
Subcontractor: means a person, partnership or corporation undertaking the execution of a part of the
Work by virtue of an agreement with the Contractor.
Subgrade: means the earth or rock surface, whether in cut or fill, as prepared to support the Base,
Subbase and Pavement.
Subsurface Report: means a report or other information identifying the location of utilities, concealed and
adjacent structures and physical obstructions which fall within the influence of the Work.
Superintendent: means the Contractor's authorized representative in responsible charge of the Work.
Surety: means the person, partnership or corporation, other than the Contractor, licensed in Ontario to
transact business under the Insurance Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.1.8, as amended, executing a bond provided by
the Contractor.
Tender: means an offer in writing from the Contractor, submitted in the format prescribed by the Owner,
to complete the Work.
Time and Material: means costs calculated according to clause GC 8.02.04, Payment on a Time and
Material Basis. Where"Cost Plus"and "Force Account"are used they shall have the same meaning.
i
Page 4 OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999
Utility: means an aboveground or underground facility maintained by a municipality, public utility authority
or regulated authority and includes services such as sanitary sewer, storm sewer, water, electric, gas, oil,
steam,data transmission,telephone and cable television.
Warranty Period: means the period of 12 months from the date of Substantial Performance or such
longer period as may be specified for certain Materials or some or all of the Work. Where a date of
Substantial Performance is not established, the Warranty Period shall commence on the date of
Completion.
Work: means the total construction and related services required by the Contract Documents.
Working Area: means all the lands and'easements owned or acquired by the Owner for the construction
of the Work.
Working Day: means any Day,
a) except Saturdays, Sundays and statutory holidays;
"b) except a Day as determined,by'the Contract Administrator; om-which,the Contractor is-prevented by
inclement weather or conditions resulting immediately therefrom;=from proceeding with:a-Controlling
'Operation.' For the purposes of this definition, this will be a Day during-which the Contractor cannot
proceed with at least 60% of the normal labour and equipment force effectively engaged on the
Controlling Operation for at least 5 hours;
c) except a Day on which the Contractor is prevented from proceeding with a Controlling Operation, as
determined by the Contract Administrator by reason of,
i. any breach of the Contract by the Owner or if such prevention is due to the Owner, another
contractor hired by the Owner;or an employee of any one of them, or by anyone else acting on
behalf of the Owner.
ii. on-delivery of Owner-supplied materials,
iii. any cause beyond the reasonable control of the Contractor which can be substantiated by the
Contractor to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator.
Working Drawings: or Working Plans: means any Drawings or Plans prepared by the Contractor for the
execution of the Work and may, without limiting the generality thereof, include falsework plans, Roadway
protection plans, shop drawings, shop plans or erection diagrams.
GC 1.05 Substantial Performance
.01 The Work is substantially performed,
a) when the Work to be performed under the Contract or a substantial part-thereof is.ready for use
or is being used for the purpose intended; and
b) when the Work to be performed under the Contract is°capable of completion or, where there is a
known defect,the cost of correction, is not more than
L 3%of the first$500,000 of the Contract price,
ii. 2%of the next$500,000 of the Contract price, and
iii. 1%of the balance of the Contract price.
.02 For the purposes of this Contract, where the Work or a substantial part thereof is ready for use or is
being used for the purposes intended and the remainder of the Work cannot be completed
expeditiously for reasons beyond the control of the Contractor or, where the Owner and the
Contractor agree not to complete the Work expeditiously, the price of the services or materials
remaining to be supplied and required to complete the Work shall be deducted from the Contract
price in determining Substantial Performance.
i
OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999 Page 5
• 11
GC 1.06 Completion
.01 The Work shall be deemed to be completed and services or Materials shall be deemed to be last i
supplied to the Work when the price of completion, correction of a known defect or last supply is not
more than the lesser of,
a) 1%of the Contract price; or
b) $1,000.
GC 1.07 Final Acceptance
.01 Final Acceptance shall be deemed to occur when the Contract Administrator is satisfied that, to the
best of the Contract Administrator's knowledge at that time, the Contractor has rectified all imperfect
work and
has discharged all o
f the Contractor's obligations under the Cont
r9 g Tact.
GC 1.08 interpretation of Certain Words
.01 The words "acceptable", "approval", "authorized", "considered necessary", "directed", "required",
_ "satisfactory", or words of like import, shall mean approval of, directed, required, considered
necessary or authorized by and acceptable or satisfactory to the Contract Administrator unless the
context clearly indicates otherwise.
I
i;
Page 6 OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999
1
SECTION GC 2.0-CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
GC 2.01 Reliance on Contract Documents
.01 The Owner warrants that the information fumished in the Contract Documents can be relied upon with
the following limitations or exceptions:
a) The location of all mainline underground utilities which will affect the Work will be shown to a
tolerance of
I. 1 m horizontal and
ii. 0.3 m vertical
b) The Owner does not warrant interpretations of data or opinions expressed in any Subsurface
Report available for the perusal of the Contractor and excluded from the Contract Documents; and
c) Other information specifically excluded from this warranty.
GC 2.02 Order of Precedence
.01 In the event of any inconsistency or conflict in the contents of the following documents, such
documents shall take precedence and govern in the following order:
a) Agreement
b) Addenda
c) Special Provisions
d) Contract Drawings
e) Standard Specifications
f) Tender
g) Supplemental General Conditions
h) General Conditions
i) Working Drawings
Later dates shall govern within each of the above categories of documents.
.02 In the event of any conflict among or inconsistency in the information shown on Drawings, the
following rules shall apply:
a) Dimensions shown in figures on a Drawing shall govem where they differ from dimensions scaled
from the same drawing;
b) Drawings of larger scale shall govern over those of smaller scale;
c) Detailed Drawings shall govern over general Drawings; and
d) Drawings of a later date shall govern over those of an earlier date in the same series.
.03 In the event of any conflict in the contents of Standard Specifications the following. order of
precedence shall govern:
a) Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications;then
b) Other Standard Specifications, such as those produced by CSA, CGSB, ASTM and ANSI, and
referenced in the Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications.
.04 The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by any one shall be as binding as
if required by all.
OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999 Page 7
I
SECTION GC 3.0-ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
GC 3.01 Contract Administrator's Authority
.01 The Contract Administrator will be the Owner's representative during construction and until the
issuance of the Completion Certificate or the issuance of the Final Acceptance Certificate whichever
is later. All instructions to the Contractor including instructions from the Owner will be issued by the
Contract Administrator. The Contract Administrator will have the authority to act on behalf of the
Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents.
.02 All claims, disputes and other matters in question relating to the performance and the quality of the
Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents shall be referred to the Contract Administrator.
i
.03 The Contract Administrator will inspect the Work for its conformity with the plans and specifications,
and to record the necessary data to establish payment quantities under the schedule of tender
'quantities and unit prices or to make an assessment of the value of the work completed in the case of
_.a.lump sum price contract I
.04 _The Contract Administrator will determine the amounts owing to the Contractor under the Contract
and will issue certificates for payment in such amounts as provided for in Section GC 8.0,
Measurement and Payment
.05 The Contract Administrator will with reasonable promptness review and take appropriate action upon
the Contractors submissions such as shop drawings, product data, and samples in accordance with
the Contract Documents.
.06 The Contract Administrator will investigate all allegations of a change in the character of the Work i
made by the Contractor and issue appropriate instructions.
.07 The Contract Administrator will prepare Change Directives and Change Orders.
.08 Upon written application by the Contractor, the Contract Administrator and the Contractor will jointly
conduct an inspection of the Work to establish the date of Substantial Performance of the Work
and/or the date of Completion of the Work.
1
.09 The Contract Administrator will be, in the first instance, the interpreter of the Contract Documents and
the judge of the performance thereunder by both parties to the Contract. Interpretations and
decisions of the Contract Administrator shall be consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents
and in making these decisions the Contract Administrator will not show partiality to either party.
.10 The Contract Administrator will have the authority to reject part of the Work or Material which does
not conform to the Contract Documents.
.11 Defective work, whether the result of poor workmanship, use of defective material, or damage
through carelessness or other act or omission of the Contractor and whether incorporated in the Work
or not, which has been rejected by the Contract Administrator as failing to conform to the Contract
Documents shall be removed promptly from the Work by the Contractor and replaced or re-executed
promptly in accordance with the Contract Documents at no additional cost to the Owner.
.12 Any part of the Work destroyed or damaged by such removals, replacements or re-executions shall
be made good, promptly, at no additional cost to the Owner.
.13 If, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, it is not expedient to correct defective work or work not
performed in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may deduct from monies
otherwise due to the Contractor the difference in value between the work as performed and that
called for by the Contract Administrator.
Page 8 OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999
.14 Notwithstanding any inspections made by the Contract Administrator or the issuance of any
certificates or the making of any payment by the Owner, the failure of the Contract Administrator to
reject any defective work or Material shall not constitute acceptance of defective work or Material.
.15 The Contract Administrator will have the authority to temporarily suspend the Work for such
reasonable time as may be necessary to facilitate the checking of any portion of the Contractor's
construction layout or the inspection of any portion of the Work. There shall not be any extra
compensation for the suspension of work.
GC 3.02 Working Drawings
.01 The Contractor shall arrange for the preparation of clearly identified and dated Working Drawings as
called for by the Contract Documents.
.02 The Contractor shall submit Working Drawings to the Contract Administrator with reasonable
j promptness and in orderly sequence so as to not cause delay in the Work. If either the Contractor or
the Contract Administrator so requests they shall jointly prepare a schedule fixing the dates for
submission and return of Working Drawings. Working Drawings shall be submitted in printed form.
At the time of submission the Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator in writing of any
deviations from the Contract requirements that exist in the Working Drawings.
.03 The Contract Administrator will review and return Working Drawings in accordance with an agreed
upon schedule, or otherwise,with reasonable promptness so as not to cause delay.
.04 The Contract Administrator's review Will be to check for conformity to the'design-concept and for
general arrangement only and such review shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors
or omissions in the Working Drawings or of responsibility for meeting all requirements of the Contract
Documents unless a deviation on the Working Drawings has been approved in writing by the Contract
Administrator.
.05 The Contractor shall make any changes in Working Drawings which the Contract�Administrator may
require consistent with the Contract Documents and resubmit unless otherwise directed by the
Contract Administrator. When resubmitting, the Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator in
writing of any revisions other than those requested.by the Contract Administrator.
.06 Work related to the Working Drawings shall not proceed until the Working Drawings have been
signed and dated by the Contract Administrator and marked with the words 'Reviewed. Permission
to construct granted."
.07 The Contractor shall keep one set of the reviewed Working Drawings, marked as above, at the site at
all times.
GC 3.03 Right of the Contract Administrator to Modify Methods and Equipment
.01 The Contractor shall, when requested in writing, make alterations in the method, Equipment or work
force at any time the Contract Administrator considers the Contractor's actions to be unsafe, or
damaging to either the Work or existing facilities or the environment.
.02 The Contractor shall, when requested in writing, alter the sequence of its operations on the Contract
so as to avoid interference with work being performed by others.
.03 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Contractor shall ensure that all necessary safety precautions and
protection are maintained throughout the Work.
OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999 Page 9
GC 3.04 Emergency Situations
.01 The Contract Administrator has the right to determine the existence of an emergency situation, and
when such an emergency situation is deemed to exist, the Contract Administrator may instruct the
Contractor to take action to remedy the situation. If the Contractor does not take timely action, or if
the Contractor is not available, the Contract Administrator may direct others to remedy the situation.
.02 If the emergency situation was the fault of the Contractor, the remedial work shall be done at the
Contractor's expense. If the emergency situation was not the fault of the Contractor, the Owner will
pay for the remedial work.
GC 3.05 Layout
i
.01 The Contract Administrator will provide baseline and benchmark information for the general location, i
alignment and elevation of the Work. The Owner will be responsible only for the correctness of the
.,,information provided by the Contract Administrator.
GC 3A6 Working Area
.01 The Contractor's sheds, site offices,toilets, other temporary structures and storage areas for material
and equipment shall be grouped in a compact manner and maintained in a neat and orderly condition
at all times.
.02 The Contractor shall confine his construction operations to the Working Area. Should the Contractor
require more space than that shown on the Contract Drawings, the Contractor shall obtain such
space at no additional cost to the Owner.
.03 The Contractor shall not enter upon or occupy any private property for any purpose, unless the
Contractor has received prior written permission from the property owner.
GC 3.07 Extension of Contract Time
i
.01 An application for an extension of Contract Time shall be made in writing by the Contractor to the
Contract Administrator as soon as the need for such extension becomes evident and at least 15 Days
prior to the expiration of the Contract Time. The application for an extension of Contract Time shall
enumerate the reasons, and state the length of extension required.
.02 ..Circumstances suitable for consideration of an extension of Contract Time include the following:
a) Delays; See subsection GC 3.08.
b) Changes in the Work; See clause GC 3.11.01.
,c) Extra Work; See clause GC 3.11.02.
d) Additional Work; See clause GC 3.11.03.
.03 The Contract Administrator will, in considering an application for an extension to the Contract Time,
take into account whether the delays, Changes in the Work, Extra Work or Additional Work involve a
Controlling Operation.
.04 The Contract Time shall be extended for such additional time as may be recommended by the
Contract Administrator and deemed fair and reasonable by the Owner.
.05 The terms and conditions of the Contract shall continue for such extension of Contract Time.
Page 10 OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999
r
GC 3.08 Delays
.01 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by,
a) war, blockades, and civil commotions, errors in the Contract Documents; an act or omission of the
Owner or Contract Administrator, or anyone employed or engaged by them directly or indirectly,
contrary to the provisions of the Contract Documents;
b) a stop work order issued by a court or public authority, provided that such order was not issued as
the result of an act or omission of the Contractor or anyone employed or engaged by the
Contractor directly or indirectly;
c) the'Contract Administrator giving notice under subsection GC 7.09;Suspension of Work;
d) abnormal inclement weather, or
e)'archaeological finds in accordance with subsection GC 3.16,Archaeological Finds,
then the Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Owner for-reasonable costs incurred by the Contractor
as the result of such delay, provided that in the case of an application for an extension of Contract
Time due to abnormal inclement weather, the' Contractor shall, with-the Contractor's application,
submit evidence from Environment Canada in support of such application.—Extension of Contract
Time will be granted in accordance with subsection GC 3.07, Extension of Contract Time.
.02 'If the Work is delayed by labour disputes, strikes or lock=outs including lock-outs decreed or
recommended to its members by a-recognized contractor's association, of which the Contractor is a
member or to which the Contractor is otherwise bound -,which are beyond the Contractor's control,
then the Contract Time shall be extended in accordance with subsection GC 3.07, Extension of
Contract Time. In no case shall the extension of Contract Time be less than the time lost as the
result of the event causing the delay, unless a shorter extension is agreed to by the Contractor. The
Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for costs incurred as the�result of such delays unless such
delays are the result of actions by the Owner.
GC 3.09 Assignment of Contract
.01 The Contractor shall not assign the Contract, either in whole or in part, without the written consent of
the Owner.
GC 3.10 Subcontracting by the Contractor
i
.01 "The'Contractor may subcontract'any part of the Work, subject to these General Conditions and any
limitations specified in the Contract Documents.
.02 The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator, in writing;of°the°intention-to subcontract. Such
notification shall identify the part of the Work, and the Subcontractor with whom it is intended.
03 The Contract Administrator will, within 10 Days of receipt of such notification,accept or reject the
intended Subcontractor. The rejection will be in writing and will include the reasons for the rejection.
.04 The Contractor shall not, without the written consent of the Owner, change a Subcontractor who has
been engaged in accordance with subsection GC 3.10 Subcontracting by the Contractor.
.05 The Contractor shall preserve and protect the rights of the parties under the Contract with respect to
that part of the Work to be performed under subcontract and shall,
a) enter into agreements with the intended Subcontractors to require them to perform their work in
accordance with the Contract Documents; and
b) be as fully responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's Subcontractors and
of persons directly or indirectly employed by them as for acts and omissions of persons directly
employed by the Contractor.
OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999 Page 11
'll
.06 The Owner's consent to subcontracting by the Contractor shall not be construed to relieve the
Contractor from any obligation under the Contract and shall not impose any liability upon the Owner.
Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create a contractual relationship between a
Subcontractor and the Owner.
GC 3.11 Changes
i
GC 3.11.01 Changes in the Work
.01- The Owner, or the Contract Administrator where so authorized, may, by order in writing, make a
Change in the Work without invalidating the Contract The Contractor shall not be required to
proceed with a Change in the Work until in receipt of a Change Directive. Upon the receipt of such
Change Directive the Contractor shall proceed with the Change in the Work.
.02 The Contractor may apply for an extension of Contract Time according to the terms of subsection GC
3'07, Extension of Contract Time.
i
.03 tf.,.the Changes in the Work relate solely to quantities, payment for that part of the Work will be made
:according to the conditions specked in clause GC 8.01.02, Variations in Tender Quantities. If the
Changes in the Work do not solely relate to quantities, payment may be negotiated pursuant to
subsection GC 3.14, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation or payment may be made according to the
conditions contained in clause GC 8.02.04, Payment on a Time and Material Basis.
GC 3.11.02 Extra Work
i
.01 The Owner, or Contract Administrator where so authorized, may instruct the Contractor to perform
Extra Work without invalidating the Contract The Contractor shall not be required to proceed with the i
Extra Work until in receipt of a Change Directive. Upon receipt of such Change Directive the
Contractor shall proceed with the Extra Work.
.02 The Contractor may apply for an extension of Contract Time according to the terms of subsection GC
3.07, Extension of Contract Time.
.03 Payment for the Extra Work may be negotiated pursuant to subsection GC 3.14, Claims,
Negotiations, Mediation, or payment may be made according to the conditions contained in clause
GC 8.02.04, Payment on a Time and Material Basis.
GC 3;11.03 Additional Work
.01 The Owner, or Contract Administrator where so authorized, may request the Contractor to perform
Additional Work without invalidating the Contract. If the Contractor agrees to perform Additional
Work,the Contractor shall proceed with such Additional Work upon receipt of a Change Order.
.02 The Contractor may apply for an extension of Contract Time according to the terms of subsection GC
3.07, Extension of Contract Time.
.03 Payment for the Additional Work may be negotiated pursuant to subsection GC 3.14, Claims,
Negotiations, Mediation, or payment may be made according to the conditions contained in clause
GC 8.02.04, Payment on a Time and Material Basis.
GC 3.12 Notices
.01 Any notice permitted or required to be given to the Contract Administrator or the Superintendent in
respect of the Work shall be deemed to have been given to and received by the addressee on the
date of delivery if delivered by hand or by facsimile transmission and on the fifth Day after the date of
mailing if sent by mail.
Page 12 OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999
.02 The Contractor and the Owner shall provide each other with the mailing addresses, telephone
numbers and facsimile terminal numbers for the Contract Administrator and the Superintendent at the
commencement of the Work.
.03 In the event of an emergency situation or other urgent matter the Contract Administrator or the
Superintendent may give a verbal notice, provided that such notice is confirmed in writing within 2
Days.
'.04 -Any notice permitted or required to be given to the Owner or the Contractor shall be given in
accordance with the notice provision of the Contract.
GC 3.13 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Substantial Performance
.01 Where it is not contemplated elsewherein'the Contract Documents; the Owner may use or occupy
the Work or any part thereof prior to Substantial Performance, provided that at least 30 Days'written
notice has been given to the Contractor.
.02 The use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by the Owner prior to Substantial Performance
shall not constitute an acceptance of the Work or parts so occupied. In .addition, the use or
occupancy of the Work shall not relieve the Contractor or the Contractor's Surety from any liability
that has arisen, or may arise, from the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents. The Owner will be responsible for any damage that occurs because of the Owner's use
or occupancy. 'Such use or occupancy of any part of the Work by the Owner does not waive the
Owner's right to charge the Contractor liquidated damages in accordance with the terms of the
Contract.
GC 3.14 Claims, Negotiations, Mediation
GC 3.14.01 Continuance of the Work
I
.01 Unless the Contract has been terminated or completed, the Contractor shall in every case, after
serving or receiving any notification of a claim or dispute, verbal or written, continue to proceed with
the Work with due diligence and expedition. It is understood by the parties that such action will not
jeopardize any claim it may have.
i
GC 3.14.02 Record Keeping
.01 Immediately upon commencing work which may result in a claim,the Contractor shall keep Daily
Work Records during the course of the Work,sufficient to substantiate the Contractor's claim, and the
Contract Administrator will keep Daily Work'Records,to be used in assessing-the Contractor's claim,
all in accordance with clause GC 8.02.07, Records.
.02 The Contractor and the Contract Administrator shall reconcile their respective Daily Work Records on
a daily basis,to simplify review of the claim,when submitted.
.03 The keeping of Daily Work Records by the Contract Administrator or the reconciling of such Daily
Work Records with those of the'Contractor shall not be construed to be acceptance of the claim.
i
GC 3.14.03 Claims Procedure
.01 The Contractor shall give verbal notice of any situation which may lead to a claim for additional
payment immediately upon becoming aware of the situation.
.02 The Contractor shall provide written notice in the standard form "Notice of Intent to Claim" within 7
Days of the commencement of any part of the Work which may be affected by the situation.
OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999 Page 13
i
.03 The Contractor shall submit detailed claims as soon as reasonably possible and in any event no later
than 30 Days after completion of the work affected by the situation. The detailed claim shall: ',
a) identify the item or items in respect of which the claim arises;
b) state the grounds, contractual or otherwise, upon which the claim is made;and
c) include the Records maintained by the Contractor supporting such claim.
In exceptional cases the 30 Days may be increased to a maximum of 90 Days with approval in writing
from the Contract Administrator.
.04 Within 30 Days of the receipt of the Contractor's detailed claim, the Contract Administrator may
request the Contractor to submit any further and other particulars as the Contract Administrator
considers necessary to assess the claim. The Contractor shall submit the requested information
within 30 Days of receipt of such request.
.05 Within 90 Days of receipt of the detailed claim, the Contract Administrator shall advise the Contractor,
in writing, of the Contract Administrator's opinion with regard to the validity of the claim.
tar.
GC 3:34.04 Negotiations
.01 The parties shall make all reasonable efforts to resolve their dispute by amicable negotiations and
agree to provide, without prejudice, open and timely disclosure of relevant facts, information, and
documents to facilitate these negotiations.
.02 Should the Contractor disagree with the opinion given in paragraph GC 3.14.03.05, with respect to
any part of the claim, the Contract Administrator shall enter into negotiations with the Contractor to
resolve the matters in dispute. Where a negotiated settlement cannot be reached and it is agreed
that payment cannot be made on a Time and Material basis in accordance with clause GC 8.02.04,
Payment on a Time and Material Basis, the parties shall proceed in accordance with clause GC
3.14.05, Mediation, or subsection GC 3.15, Engineering Arbitration.
GC 3.14.05 Mediation
.01 If a claim is not resolved satisfactorily through the negotiation stage noted in clause GC 3.14.04,
i
Negotiations, within a period of 30 Days following the opinion given in paragraph GC 3.14.03.05, and
the Contractor wishes to pursue the issue further,the parties may, upon mutual agreement, utilize the
services of an independent third party mediator.
.02 The mediator shall be mutually agreed upon by the Owner and Contractor.
.03 The mediator shall be knowledgeable regarding the area of the disputed issue. The mediator shall
-meet with the parties together and separately, as necessary, to review all aspects of the issue. In a
final attempt to assist the parties in resolving the issue themselves prior to proceeding to arbitration
the mediator shall provide, without prejudice, a non-binding recommendation for settlement.
.04 The review by the mediator shall be completed within 90 Days following the opinion given in
paragraph GC 3.14.03.05.
.05 Each party is responsible for its own costs related to the use of the third party mediator process. The
cost of the third party mediator shall be equally shared by the Owner and Contractor.
GC 3.14.06 Payment
.01 Payment of the claim will be made no later than 30 Days after the date of resolution of the claim or
dispute. Such payment will be made according to the terms of Section GC 8.0, Measurement and
Payment.
Page 14 OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999
GC 3.14.07 Rights of Both Parties
.01 It is agreed that no action taken under this subsection GC 3.14, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, by
either party shall be construed as a renunciation or waiver of any of the rights or recourse available to
the parties, provided that the requirements set out in this subsection are fulfilled.
GC 3.15 Engineering Arbitration
GC 3.15.01 Conditions for Engineering Arbitration
.01 If a claim is not resolved satisfactorily through the negotiation stage noted in clause GC 3.14.04,
Negotiations, or the mediation stage noted in clause GC 3.14.05, Mediation, either party may invoke
the provisions of subsection GC 3.15, Engineering Arbitration, by giving written notice to the other
party.
.02 Notification that arbitration shall be implemented to resolve the issue shall be communicated in writing
as soon as'possible and no later than°60 *Days following the opinion given in paragraph GC
3.14.03.05. Where the use of a third party mediator was implemented;-notification shall be within 120
Days of the opinion given in paragraph GC 3.14.03.05.
.03 The parties shall be bound by the decision of the arbitrator.
.04 The rules and procedures of the Arbitration Act, 1991, S.O. 1991, c.17, as amended, shall apply to
any arbitration conducted hereunder except to the extent that they are modified by the express
provisions of this subsection GC 3.15, Engineering Arbitration.
GC 3.15.02 Arbitration Procedure
r
.01 The following provisions are to be included in the agreement to arbitrate and are subject only to such
right of appeal as exist where the arbitrator has exceeded his or her jurisdiction or have otherwise
disqualified him or herself:
a) All existing actions in respect of the matters under arbitration will be stayed pending arbitration;
b) All outstanding claims and matters to be settled are to be set out in a schedule to the agreement.
Only such claims and matters as are in the schedule will be arbitrated;and
c) Before proceeding with the arbitration, the Contractor shall confirm that all matters in dispute are
set out in the schedule.
GC 3.15.03 Appointment of Arbitrator
.01 The arbitrator shall be mutually agreed upon by the Owner and Contractor taadjudicate the dispute.
.02 Where the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on a sole arbitrator within 30 Days of the notification
of arbitration noted in paragraph GC 3.15.01.02, the Owner and the Contractor shall each choose an
appointee within 37 Days of the notice of arbitration.
.03 The appointees shall mutually agree upon an arbitrator to adjudicate the dispute within 15 Days after
the last appointee was chosen or they shall refer the matter to the Arbitration and Mediation Institute
of Ontario Inc. which will select an arbitrator to adjudicate the dispute within 7 Days of being
requested to do so.
.04 The arbitrator shall not be interested financially in the Contract nor in either party's business and shall
not be employed by either party.
.05 The arbitrator may appoint independent experts and any other persons to assist him or her.
OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999 Page 15
i
.06 The arbitrator is not bound by the rules of evidence which govern the trial of cases in court but may
hear and consider any evidence which the arbitrator considers relevant.
I
.07 The hearing will commence within 90 Days of the appointment of the arbitrator.
GC 3.15.04 Costs
.01 The arbitrator's fee shall be equally shared by the Owner and the Contractor.
.02 The fees of any independent experts and any other persons appointed to assist the arbitrator shall be
shared equally by the Owner and the Contractor.
.03 The arbitration hearing shall be held in a place mutually agreed upon by.both parties or in the event
the parties do not agree, a site shall be chosen by the arbitrator. The cost of obtaining appropriate
facilities shall be shared equally by the Owner and the Contractor.
.04 ' The arbitrator may, in his or her discretion,award reasonable costs, related to the arbitration.
i
GC 3.15.05 The Decision
I
.01 The reasoned decision will be made in writing within 90 Days of the conclusion of the hearing. An
extension of time to make a decision may be granted with consent of both parties. Payment shall be
made in accordance with clause GC 3.14.06, Payment.
GC 3.16 Archaeological Finds
.01 If the Contractor's operations expose any items which may indicate an archaeological find, such as
building remains, hardware, accumulations of bones, pottery, or arrowheads, the Contractor shall
immediately notify the Contract Administrator and suspend operations within the area identified by the
Contract Administrator. Notification may be verbal provided that such notice is confirmed in writing
within 2 Days. Work shall remain suspended within that area until otherwise directed by the Contract
Administrator in writing, in accordance with subsection GC 7.09, Suspension of Work.
.02 Any delay in the completion of the Contract that is caused by such a suspension of Work will be
considered to be beyond the Contractor's control in accordance with paragraph GC 3.08.01.
.03 Any work directed or authorized in connection with an archaeological find will be considered as Extra
:.Work in accordance with clause GC 3.11.02, Extra Work.
j
i
Page 16 OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999
1
SECTION GC 4.0-OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND RIGHTS
GC 4.01 Working Area
.01 The Owner will acquire all property rights which are deemed necessary by the Owner for the
construction of the Work, including temporary working easements, and will indicate the full extent of
the Working Area on the Contract Drawings.
02 'The Geotechnical Report and-Subsurface Report which will be provided by the Owner as part of the
tender documents shall form part of the Contract Drawings.
GC 4.02 Approvals and Permits
.01 The Owner will pay for all plumbing and building permits.
.02 The Owner will obtain and pay for all permits, licenses and certificates_solely.required for Project
approval.
GC 4.03 Management and Disposition of Materials
.01 'The Owner will identify in the Contract Documents the materials to be moved within or removed from
the Working Area, and any characteristics of those materials which will necessitate special materials
management and disposition.
" -'02 In accordance*th regulations under the Occupational Health and•SafetyAct;R3.0. 1990,c.O.1;as
amended,the Owner advises that
a) the designated substances silica, lead and arsenic are generally present throughout the Working
Area occurring naturally or as a result of vehicle emissions;
b) the designated substance asbestos is present in asbestos conduits for utilities;
c)'the;following hazardous materials are ordinarily present in construction activities: limestone,
gypsum, marble, mica and Portland cement; and
d) exposure,to these substances may occur as 'a result of activities by the Contractor such as
sweeping, grinding, crushing, drilling, blasting,cutting and abrasive blasting.
I
.03 The Owner will identify in the Contract Documents any designated substances or hazardous
materials other than those identified above and their location in the Working Area.
•.04 If the Owner or Contractor discovers or is advised of the,presence of designated .substances or
hazardous.materials-which are in addition to those listed in paragraph GC.4.03.02, or not clearly
identified in the Contract Documents according to,paragraph GC 4.03.03,4hemverbal notice will be
provided to the other party immediately with written confirmation within 2 Days., -The Contractor will
stop work in the area immediately and will determine the necessary steps required to complete the
work in accordance with applicable legislation and regulation.
.05 The Owner will be responsible for any reasonable additional costs of removing, managing and
disposing of any material'not identified in the Contract Documents, or where conditions exist that
could not have been reasonably foreseen at the,time of tendering. All work under this paragraph
shall be deemed to be Extra Work.
.06 Prior to commencement of the Work, the Owner will provide to the Contractor a list of those products
controlled under the Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System or WHMIS, which the
Owner will supply or use on the Contract,together with copies of the Materials Safety Data Sheets for
these products. All containers used in the application of products controlled under WHMIS shall be
labelled. The Owner will notify the Contractor in writing of changes to the list and provide relevant
Material Safety Data Sheets.
OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999 Page 17
GC 4.04 Construction Affecting Railway Property
.01 The Owner will pay the costs of all flagging and other traffic control measures required and provided
by the railway company unless such costs are solely a function of the Contractor's chosen method of
completing the Work.
GC 4.05 Default by the Contractor
.01 The Contractor shall be in default of the Contract if,
a) the Contractor fails to commence the Work or execute the Work properly or otherwise fails to
comply with the requirements of the Contract to a substantial degree; or
b) if the Contractor is adjudged bankrupt or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors
because of insolvency or if a receiver is appointed because of insolvency.
GC 4.06 Notification of Default
.01'-. he Owner will give written notice of a default to the Contractor as soon as the Owner becomes
aware of the alleged default but failure to give such notice in a timely way shall not constitute
condonation of the default. The notice will include instructions to correct the default within 5 Working
Days.
GC 4.07 Contractor's Right to Correct a Default
.01 The Contractor shall have the right within the 5 full Working Days following the receipt of a notice of
default to correct the default and provide the Owner with satisfactory proof that appropriate corrective
measures have been taken.
.02 If the correction of the default cannot be completed within the 5 full Working Days following receipt of
the notice,the Contractor shall not be in default if the Contractor,
a) commences the correction of the default within the 5 full Working Days following receipt of the
notice; .
b) provides the Owner with an acceptable schedule for the progress of such correction; and
c) completes the correction in accordance with such schedule.
GC 4.08 Owner's Right to Correct Default
j
.01 If the Contractor fails to correct the default within the time specified in subsection GC 4.07,
_-,Contractor's Right to Correct a Default, or subsequently agreed upon, the Owner, without prejudice to
''{•any other right or remedy the Owner may have, may correct such default and deduct the cost thereof,
as certified by the Contract Administrator,from any payment then or thereafter due to the Contractor.
GC 4.09 Termination of Contractor's Right to Continue the Work
.01 Where the Contractor fails to correct a default within the time specified in subsection GC 4.07,
Contractor's Right to Correct a Default, or subsequently agreed upon, the Owner, without prejudice to
any other right or remedy the Owner may have, may terminate the Contractor's right to continue the
Work in whole or in part by giving written notice to the Contractor.
.02 If the Owner terminates the Contractor's right to continue with the Work in whole or in part, the Owner
will be entitled to,
a) take possession of the Working Area or that portion of the Working Area devoted to that part of the
Work terminated;
b) utilize the Equipment of the Contractor and any Material within the Working Area which is intended
to be incorporated into the Work, the whole subject to the right of third parties;
c) withhold further payments to the Contractor with respect to the Work or the portion of the Work
withdrawn from the Contractor until the Work or portion thereof withdrawn is completed;
Page 18 OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999
i
d) charge the Contractor the additional cost over the Contract price of completing the Work or portion
thereof withdrawn from the Contractor, as certified by the Contract Administrator and any
additional compensation paid to the Contract Administrator for such additional service arising from
the correction of the default;
e) charge the Contractor a reasonable allowance, as determined by the Contract Administrator, to
cover correction to the Work performed by the Contractor that may be required under subsection
GC 7.15,Warranty;
f) charge the Contractor for any damages the Owner may have sustained as a result of the default;
and
g) charge the Contractor the amount by which the cost of corrections to the Work under subsection
GC 7.15,Warranty, exceeds the allowance provided for such corrections.
GC 4.10 Final Payment to Contractor
.01 if the Owner's cost to correct and complete the Work in whole or in part is less than the amount
withheld from the Contractor under subsection-'GC 4.09, Termination of.Contractor's Right to
I Continue the Work,the Owner will pay the balance to the Contractor as soon as the final accounting
for the Contract is complete.
GC 4.11 Termination of the Contract
.01 Where the Contractor is in default of the Contract the Owner may,without prejudice to any other right
or remedy the Owner may have, terminate the Contract by giving written notice of termination to the
Contractor, the Surety and-any trustee or receiver acting on behalf of the Contractor's estate or
creditors.
.02 If the Owner elects to terminate the Contract the Owner will provide the Contractor and the trustee or
receiver with a complete accounting to the date of termination.
GC 4.12 Continuation of Contractor's Obligations
l .01 The Contractor's obligation under the Contract as to quality, correction and warranty of the Work
performed prior to the time of termination of the Contract or termination of the Contractor's right to
continue with the Work in whole or in part shall continue to be in force after such termination.
GC 4.13 Use of Perfonnance Bond
-- .01 If the Contractor is in default of the Contract and the Contractorrhas provided a Performance Bond,
the provisions of this Section shall be exercised in accordance with the conditions of the Performance
Bond.
i
OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999 Page 19
i
SECTION GC 5.0-MATERIAL
GC 5.01 Supply of Material
.01 All Material necessary for the proper completion of the Work, except that listed as being supplied by
the Owner, shall be supplied by the Contractor. The Contract price for the appropriate tender items
shall be deemed to include full compensation for the supply of such Material.
GC 5.02 Quality of Material
.01 All Material supplied by the Contractor shall be new or unless otherwise specified in the Contract
Documents.
.02 Material supplied by the Contractor shall conform to the requirements of the Contract.
.03 As specified or as requested by the Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall make available for S
Jrlspection or testing a sample of any Material to be supplied by the Contractor.
.04 The Contractor shall obtain for the Contract Administrator the right to enter upon the premises of the
Material manufacturer or supplier to carry out such inspection, sampling and testing as specified or a
requested by the Contract Administrator.
.05 The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of the sources of supply sufficiently in advance
of the Material shipping dates to enable the Contract Administrator to perform the required inspection,
sampling and testing.
.06 The Owner will not be responsible for any delays to the Contractor's operations where the Contractor
fails to give sufficient advance notice to the Contract Administrator to enable the Contract
Administrator to carry out the required inspection, sampling and testing before the scheduled shipping
date.
.07 The Contractor shall not change the source of supply of any Material without the written authorization
of the Contract Administrator.
.08 Material which is not specified shall be of a quality best suited to the purpose required and the use of
such Material shall be subject to the approval of the Contract Administrator.
GC 5.03 Rejected Material
.01 Rejected Material shall be removed from the Working Area expeditiously after the notification to that
effect from the Contract Administrator. Where the Contractor fails to comply with such notice the
Contract Administrator may cause the rejected Material to be removed from the Working Area and
disposed of in what the Contract Administrator considers to be the most appropriate manner and the
Contractor shall pay the costs of disposal and the appropriate overhead charges.
GC 5.04 Substitutions
.01 Where the specifications require the Contractor to supply a Material designated by a trade or other
name, the Tender shall be based only upon supply of the Material so designated, which shall be
regarded as the standard of quality required by the specification. After the acceptance of the Tender,
the Contractor may apply to the Contract Administrator to substitute another Material identified by a
different trade or other name for the Material designated as aforesaid. The application shall be in
writing and shall state the price for the proposed substitute Material designated as aforesaid, and
such other information as the Contract Administrator may require.
Page 20 OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999
i
.02 Rulings on a proposed substitution will not be made prior to the acceptance of the Tender.
Substitutions shall not be made without the prior approval of the Contract Administrator. The
approval or rejection of a proposed substitution will be made at the discretion of the Contract
Administrator.
.03 If the proposed substitution is approved by the Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall be entitled
to the first $1000 of the aggregate saving in cost by reason of such substitution and to 50% of any
additional saving in cost in excess of such $1000. Each such approval shall be conveyed to the
Contractor in .writing or by issuance of a Certificate of Equality on the Owner's standard form of
"Certification of Equality"'and if any adjustment to the Contract price•is made by reason of such
substitution a Change Order shall be issued as well.
GC 5.05 Owner Supplied Material
GC 5.05.01 Ordering of Excess Material
.01 Where Material is supplied by the Owner and where this Material is ordered ty the Contractor in
excess of the amount specified to complete the Work,..such excess .Material shall become the
property of the Contractor on completion of the Work and shall be charged to the Contractor at cost
plus applicable overheads.
GC 5.05.02 Care of Material
01 The Contractor shall, in advance of receipt of shipments of Material supplied by the Owner, provide
adequate and proper storage facilities acceptable to the Contract Administrator, and on the receipt of
such Material shall promptly place it in storage except where it is to be incorporated forthwith into the
Work.
.02 The Contractor shall be responsible for acceptance of Material supplied by the Owner, at the
specified delivery point and for its safe handling and storage. If such Material is damaged while
under the control of the Contractor it shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor at no expense to
the Owner, and to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. If such Material is rejected by the
Contract Administrator for reasons which-are not the fault of the Contractor it shall remain in the care
and at the risk of the Contractor until its disposition has been determined by the Contract
Administrator.
.03 Where Material supplied by the Owner arrives at the delivery point in a damaged condition or where
there are discrepancies between the quantities received and-the.quantities shown on the bills of
lading, the Contractor shall immediately :report such damage or discrepancies to the Contract
Administrator who shall arrange for an immediate inspection .of.the::shipment and, provide the
Contractor with a written release from responsibility for such damage or,deficiencies. Where damage
or deficiencies are not so reported it will be assumed that the shipment arrived in good order and any
damage or deficiencies reported thereafter shall be made good by the Contractor at no extra cost to
the Owner.
.04 The full amount of Material supplied by the Owner in each shipment shall be accounted for by the
Contractor and such Material shall be at the risk of the Contractor after taking delivery. Such Material
shall not, except with the written permission of the Contract Administrator, be used by the Contractor
for purposes other than the performance of the Work under the Contract.
.05 Empty reels, crates, containers and other type of packaging from Material supplied by the Owner
shall become the property of the Contractor when they are no longer required for their original
purpose and shall be disposed of by the Contractor unless otherwise specified in the Contract
Documents.
OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999 Page 21
- i
.06 The Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator, immediately upon receipt of each shipment,
copies of bills of lading, or such other documentation the Contract Administrator may require to
substantiate and reconcile the quantities of Material received. 1;
.07 Where Material supplied by the Owner is ordered and stockpiled prior to the award of the Contract,
the Contractor shall, at no extra cost to the Owner, immediately upon commencement of operations,
check the Material, report any damage or deficiencies to the Contract Administrator and take charge
of the Material at the stockpile site. Where damage or deficiencies are not so recorded by the
Contractor it shall be assumed that the stockpile was in good order when the Contractor took charge
of it and any damage or deficiencies reported thereafter shall be made good by the Contractor at no
extra cost to the Owner.
f
ii
I�
t
;E
k
Page 22 OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999
i
i
SECTION GC 6.0-INSURANCE, PROTECTION AND DAMAGE
GC 6.01 Protection of Work, Persons and Property
.01 The Contractor, the Contractor's agents and all workers employed by or under the control of the
Contractor, including Subcontractors, shall protect the Work, persons and property from damage or
injury, and shall be responsible for all losses and damage which may arise as the result of the
Contractors operations ns under the Contract unless indicated to the contra ry below.
.02 The Contractor is responsible for the full cost of any necessary temporary provisions and the
restoration of all damage where the Contractor damages the Work or property in the performance of
the Contract. If the Contractor is not responsible for the damage that occurs to the Work or property
the Contractor shall restore such damage, and such work shall be administered according to these
General Conditions.
.03 The Contractor shall immediately inform the Contract Administrator of all-damage and injuries which
occur during the term of the Contract.
.04 The Contractor shall not be responsible for loss and damage that occurs as a result of,
a) war,
b) blockades and civil commotions;
c) errors in the Contract Documents; or
d) acts or omissions of the Owner, the Contract Administrator, their agents and employees, or others
not under the control of the Contractor, but within the Working Area with the Owner's permission.
.05 The Contractor and his Surety or Sureties shall not be released from any term or provision of any
responsibility, obligation or liability under the Contract or waive or impair any of the rights of the
Owner except by a release duly executed by the Owner.
GC 6.02 Indemnification
.01 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and the Contract Administrator, their
agents, officers and employees from and against all claims, demands, losses, expenses, costs,
damages, actions, suits or proceedings by third parties, hereinafter called "claims", directly or
j indirectly arising or alleged to arise out of the performance of or the failure to perform the Work,
provided such claims are,
a) attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death or to damage to or destruction of tangible
property;
b) caused by negligent acts or omissions of the-Contractor or anyone:for whose acts the Contractor
may be liable; and
c) made in writing within a period of 6 years from the date of Substantial-Performance of the Work as
set out in the Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work or, where so specified in the
Contract from the date of certification of Final Acceptance.
.02 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from all and every claim for damages,
royalties or fees for the infringement of any patented invention or copyright occasioned by the
Contractor in connection with the Work performed or Material furnished by the Contractor under the
Contract.
.03 The Owner expressly waives the right to indemnity for claims other than those stated above in
paragraphs GC 6.02.01 and GC 6.02.02.
.04 The Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, his agents, officers and employees
from and against all claims, demands, losses, expenses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or
proceedings arising out of the Contractor's performance of the Contract which are attributable to a
lack of or defect in title or an alleged lack of or defect in title to the Working Area.
OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999 Page 23
• J
i
.05 The Contractor expressly waives the right to indemnity for claims other than those stated above in
paragraph GC 6.02.04. y
GC 6.03 Contractor's Insurance
GC 6.03.01 General
.01 Without restricting the generality of subsection GC 6.02, Indemnification, the Contractor shall provide,
maintain and pay for the insurance coverages listed under clauses GC 6.03.02 and GC 6.03.03.
Insurance coverage in clauses GC 6.03.04, GC 6.03.05 and GC 6.03.06 will only apply when so
specified in the Contract Documents.
GC 6.03.02 General Liability Insurance
.01 General liability insurance shall be in the name of the Contractor, with the Owner and the Contract
Administrator named as additional insureds, with limits of not less than 5 million dollars inclusive per
;occurrence for bodily injury, death, and damage to property including loss of use thereof, with a I
,property damage deductible of not more than $5000. The form of this insurance shall be the
Insurance Bureau of Canada Form IBC 2100, dated 8-87.
.02 --Another form of insurance equal to or better than that required in IBC Form 2100 may be used,
provided all the requirements listed in the Contract are included. Approval of this insurance will be
conditional upon the Contractor obtaining the services of an insurer licensed to underwrite insurance
in the Province of Ontario and obtaining the insurer's certificate of equivalency to the required
insurance.
.03 The insurance shall be maintained continuously from the commencement of the Work until 12 months
following the date of Substantial Performance of the Work, as set out in the Certificate of Substantial
Performance of the Work, or until the Final Acceptance Certificate is issued, whichever is later, and
with respect to completed operations coverage for a period of not less than 24 months from the date
of Final Acceptance of the Work as set out in the Final Acceptance Certificate, and thereafter to be
maintained for a further period of 4 years.
.04, The Contractor shall submit annually to the Owner, proof of continuation of the completed operations
coverage and if the Contractor fails to do so, the limitation period for claiming indemnity described in
paragraph GC 6.02.01 c),will not be binding on the Owner.
.05 Should the Contractor decide not to employ Subcontractors for operations requiring the use of
explosives for blasting, or pile driving or caisson work, or removal or weakening of support of property
Building or land, IBC Form 2100 as required shall include the appropriate endorsements.
.06 The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days' written notice in
advance of cancellation, change or amendment restricting coverage.
.07 "Claims Made" insurance policies will not be permitted.
GC 6.03.03 Automobile Liability Insurance
.01 Automobile liability insurance in respect of licensed vehicles shall have limits of not less than 5 million
dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death and damage to property, in the following forms
endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days' written notice in advance of any
cancellation,change or amendment restricting coverage:
a) standard non-owned automobile policy including standard contractual liability endorsement, and
b) standard owner's form automobile policy providing third party liability and accident benefits
insurance and covering licensed vehicles owned or operated by the Contractor.
Page 24 OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999
i
GC 6.03.04 Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance
.01 Aircraft and watercraft liability insurance with respect to owned or non-owned aircraft and watercraft if
used directly or indirectly in the performance of the Work, including use of additional premises, shall
be subject to limits of not less than 5 million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death,
and damage to property including loss of use thereof, and limits of.not less than 5 million dollars for
aircraft passenger hazard. Such insurance shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. The policies
shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days' written notice in advance of
i
cancellation, change or amendment restricting coverage.
GC 6.03.05 Property and Boiler Insurance
GC 6.03.05.01 Property Insurance
.01 All risks property insurance shall be in the name of the Contractor, with the.Owner-and.the Contract
Administrator named,as additional insureds, insuring not,less than the-sum.:of.the amount of the
Contract price and the full value, as may be stated in the..Supplemental General Conditions, of
Material that is specified to be provided by the,Owner 'for_incorporation into the Work, with a
deductible not exceeding 1%of the amount insured at the site of the Work. This insurance shall be in
a form acceptable to the Owner and shall be maintained continuously until 10 Days after.the date of.
Final Acceptance of the Work,as set out in the Final Acceptance Certificate.
GC 6.03.05.02 Boiler Insurance
-.01 Boiler insurance insudng'the interests of the Contractor;the Ownerand the Contract Administrator for -
not less than the replacement value of boilers and pressure vessels forming part of the Work, shall be
in a form acceptable to the Owner. This insurance shall be maintained continuously from
commencement of use or operation of the property insured until 10 Days after the date of Final
Acceptance of the Work, as set out in the Final Acceptance Certificate.
G66.03.06.03, ,Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Completion
.01 Should the Owner wish to use or occupy part or all of the Work prior to Substantial Performance,the
Owner will give 30 Days'written notice to the Contractor of the intended purpose and extent of such
j use or occupancy. Prior to such use or occupancy the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing of
the additional premium cost, if any, to maintain property and boiler insurance, which shall be at the
Owner's expense. If because of such use or occupancy the Contractor is unable to provide
coverage, the Owner upon written notice from the Contractor,and priorao;such:use.or.occupancy
shall provide,maintain and pay for property and,boiler insurance insuring the full value of the Work,
including coverage for such use or occupancy, and shall provide.the Contractor with proof of such
insurance. The Contractor,shall refund to the Owner the uneamed:premiums applicable to the
Contractor's policies upon termination of coverage.
.02 The policies shall provide that, in the event of a loss or damage, payment shall be made to the Owner
and the Contractor as their respective interests may appear. The Contractor shall act on behalf of
both the Owner and the Contractor for the purpose of adjusting the amount of such loss or damage
payment with the-insurers. When the extent of the loss or damage is determined the Contractor shall
proceed to restore the Work. Loss or damage shall not affect the rights and obligations of either party
under the Contract except that the Contractor shall be entitled to such reasonable extension of
Contract Time relative to the extent of the loss or damage as the Contract Administrator may decide
in consultation with the Contractor.
OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999 Page 25
. i
GC 6.03.05.04 Payment for Loss or Damage
.01 The Contractor shall be entitled to receive from the Owner, in addition to the amount due under the
Contract, the amount at which the Owner's interest in restoration of the Work has been appraised,
such amount to be paid as the restoration of the Work proceeds and in accordance with the
requirements of Section GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment. In addition the Contractor shall be
entitled to receive from the payments made by the insurers the amount of the Contractor's interest in
the restoration of the Work.
.02 The Contractor shall be responsible for deductible amounts under the policies except where such
amounts may be excluded from the Contractors responsibility by the terms of this Contract.
.03 In the event of a loss or damage to the Work arising from the action or omission of the Owner or
others, the Owner shall pay the Contractor the cost of restoring the Work as the restoration of the
Work proceeds and in accordance with the requirements of Section GC 8.0, Measurement and
Payment.
GC 6.03.06 Contractor's Equipment Insurance
.01 All risks Contractors equipment insurance covering construction machinery and equipment used by
the Contractor for the performance of the Work, including boiler insurance on temporary boilers and
pressure vessels, shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner and shall not allow subrogation claims
by the insurer against the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less
than 30 Days' written notice in advance of cancellation, change or amendment restricting coverage
Subject to satisfactory proof of financial capability by the Contractor for self-insurance of the
Contractors Equipment, the Owner agrees to waive the equipment insurance requirement, and for
the purpose of this Contract, the Contractor shall be deemed to be insured. This policy shall be
amended to provide permission for the Contractor to grant.prior releases with respect to damage to
the Contractors Equipment.
GC 6.03.07 Insurance Requirements and Duration
.01 Unless specified otherwise the duration of each insurance policy shall be from the date of
commencement of the Work until 10 Days after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work, as set out
in the Final Acceptance Certificate.
.02 The Contractor shall provide the Owner, on a form acceptable to the Owner, proof of insurance prior
to commencement of the Work, and signed by an officer of the Contractor and either the underwriter
or the broker.
.03 The Contractor shall, on request, promptly provide the Owner with a certified true copy of each
insurance policy exclusive of information pertaining to premium or premium bases used by the insurer
to determine the cost of the insurance. The certified true copy shall include a signature by an officer
of the Contractor and in addition, a signature by an officer of the insurer or the underwriter or the
broker.
.04 Where a policy is renewed the Contractor shall provide the Owner, on a form acceptable to the
Owner, renewed proof of insurance immediately following completion of renewal.
.05 Unless specified otherwise the Contractor shall be responsible for the payment of deductible amounts
under the policies.
.06 If the Contractor fails to provide or maintain insurance as required in subsection GC 6.03,
Contractors Insurance, or elsewhere in the Contract Documents, then the Owner will have the right to
provide and maintain such insurance and give evidence thereof to the Contractor. The Owners cost
thereof shall be payable by the Contractor to the Owner on demand.
Page 26 OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999
i
.07 If the Contractor fails to pay the cost of the insurance placed by the Owner within 30 Days of the date
on which the Owner made a formal demand for reimbursement of such costs the Owner may deduct
the costs thereof from monies which are due or may become due to the Contractor.
GC 6.04 Bonding
i
.01 The Contractor shall provide the Owner with the surety bonds in the amount required by the tender
documents.
.02 Such bonds shall be issued by a duly licensed surety company authorized to transact a business of
suretyship in the Province of Ontario and shall be maintained in good standing until the fulfilment of
i
the Contract.
I
i
�I
i
OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999 Page 27
SECTION GC 7.0-CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND CONTROL OF THE WORK
GC 7.01 General '
r
.01 The Contractor warrants that the site of the Work has been visited during the preparation of the
Tender and the character of the Work and all local conditions which may affect the performance of
the Work are known.
.02 The Contractor shall not commence the Work nor deliver anything to the Working Area until the
Contractor has received a written order-to commence the Work, signed by the Contract Administrator.
.03 The Contractor shall have complete control of the Work and shall effectively direct and supervise the
Work so as to ensure conformity with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall be responsible
for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating the
various parts of the Work.
.04 The Contractor shall have the sole responsibility for the design, erection, operation, maintenance and
.removal of temporary structures and other temporary facilities and the design and execution of
construction methods required in their use.
.05 Notwithstanding paragraph GC 7.01.04, where the Contract Documents include designs for
temporary structures and other temporary facilities or specify a method of construction in whole or
part, such facilities and methods shall be considered to be part of the design of the Work, and the
Contractor shall not-be held responsible for that part of the design or the specified method of
construction. The Contractor shall, however, be responsible for the execution of such design or
specified method of construction in the same manner that the Contractor is responsible for the
execution of the Work.
.06 The Contractor shall execute the terms of the Contract in strict compliance with the requirements of
the Occupational Health and Safety Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.0.1 (the "Act") and Ontario Regulation
213/91 (which regulates Construction Projects) and any other regulations under the Act (the
"Regulations")which may affect the performance of the Work, as the "constructor" or"employer", as
defined by the Act, as the case may be. The Contractor shall ensure that:
a) worker safety is given first priority in planning, pricing and performing the Work;
b) its officers and supervisory employees have a working knowledge of the duties of a "constructor"
and "employer'as defined by the Act and the provisions of the Regulations applicable to the Work,
and a personal commitment to comply with them;
c) a copy of the most current version of the Act and the Regulations are available at the Contractors
office,within the Working Area, or, in the absence of an office, in the possession of the supervisor
responsible for the performance of the Work;
Qf workers employed to cant' out the Work possess the knowledge, skills and protective devices
required by law or recommended for use by a recognized industry association to allow them to
work in safety;
e) its supervisory employees carry out their duties in a diligent and responsible manner with due
consideration for the health and safety of the workers; and
f) all Subcontractors and their employees are properly protected from injury while they are at the
work place.
.07 The Contractor when requested shall provide the Owner with a copy of its health and safety policy
and program at the pre-start meeting, and shall respond promptly to requests from the Owner for
confirmation that its methods and procedures for carrying out the Work comply with the Act and
Regulations. The Contractor shall cooperate with representatives of the Owner and inspectors
appointed to enforce the Act and the Regulations in any investigations of worker health and safety in
the performance of the Work. The Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from any
additional expense which the Owner may incur to have the Work performed as a result of the
Contractors failure to comply with the requirements of the Act and the Regulations.
Page 28 OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999
i
.08 Prior to commencement of the Work the Contractor shall provide to the Contract Administrator a list of
those products controlled under the Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System or WHMIS,
which the Contractor expects to use on the Contract. Related Materials Safety Data Sheets shall
accompany the submission. All containers used in the application of products controlled under
WHMIS shall be labelled. The Contractor shall notify the Contractor Administrator of changes in
writing and provide relevant Material Safety Data Sheets.
I
.09 The Contractor shall have an authorized representative on the site while any work is being performed,
to act for or the Contractor's behalf. Prior to commencement of construction,the Contractor shall
notify the Contract Administrator of the names, addresses; positions and telephone numbers of the
Contractor's representatives who can be contacted at any time to deal with matters relating to the
Contract.
.10 The Contractor'shall, at no,additional cost to the Owner, furnish all reasonable aid, facilities and
assistance required by the Contract Administrator for the proper inspection and examination of the
Work or the taking of measurements for the purpose of payment. =
.11 The Contractor shall prepare, and update as required, a construction schedule indicating the timing of
the major and critical activities of the Work. ,The schedule shall be designed to ensure conformity
with the specified Contract Time. The schedule shall be submitted to the Contract Administrator
within 14 Days from the date of the Contract award.
.12 Where the Contractor finds any error, inconsistency or omission relating to the Contract, the
',Contractor shall promptly report it to the Contract Administrator and shall not proceed with the activity
affected until receiving direction from the Contract Administrator.
.13 The Contractor shall arrange with the appropriate utility authorities for the stake out of all
underground utilities and service connections which may be affected by the Work. The Contractor
shall be responsible for any damage done to the underground utilities by the Contractor's forces
during construction if the stake out locations are within the tolerances given in paragraph GC
2.01.01a).
GC 7.02 Layout
i
.01 Prior to commencement of construction;the Contract Administrator and the Contractor will locate on
site those property bars, baselines and benchmarks which are necessary to delineate the Working
Area and to lay out the Work, all as shown on the Contract Drawings.
.02 The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all property bars;while the Work is in
progress, except those property bars which must be removed to.facilitate..the Work. Any other
property bars disturbed, damaged or removed by the Contractor's operations shall be replaced by an
Ontario Land Surveyor, at the Contractor's expense.
.03 At no extra cost to the Owner, the Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator with such
materials and devices as may be necessary to lay out the baseline and benchmarks, and as may be
necessary for the inspection of the Work.
.04 The Contractor shall provide qualified personnel to lay out and establish all lines and grades
necessary for construction. The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of any layout work
carried out, so that the same may be checked by the Contract Administrator.
.05 The Contractor shall install and maintain substantial alignment markers and secondary benchmarks
as may be required for the proper execution of the Work. The Contractor shall supply one copy of all
alignment and grade sheets to the Contract Administrator.
OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999 Page 29
.06 The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for alignment, elevations and dimensions of each and
all parts of the Work, regardless of whether the Contractor's layout work has been checked by the
Contract Administrator.
.07 All stakes, marks and reference points provided by the Contract Administrator shall be carefully
preserved by the Contractor. In the case of their destruction or removal as a result of the Contractor's
operations, such stakes, marks and reference points will be replaced by the Contract Administrator at
the Contractor's expense.
GC1.03 Damage by Vehicles or Other Equipment
i
.01 if at any time, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, damage is being done or is likely to be
done to any Roadway or any improvement thereon, outside the Working Area, by the Contractor's
vehicles or other equipment, whether licensed or unlicensed equipment, the Contractor shall, on the
direction of the Contract Administrator, and at no extra cost to the Owner, make changes or
:.substitutions for such vehicles or equipment, and shall alter loadings, or in some other manner,
•:remove the cause of such damage to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. +
GC 7.04 Excess Loading of Motor Vehicles
.01 '-Where a vehicle is hauling Material for use on the Work, in whole or in part upon a Highway, and
where motor vehicle registration is required for such vehicle, the Contractor shall not cause or permit
such vehicle to be loaded beyond the legal limit specified in the Highway Traffic Act, R.S.O. 1990,
c.H.8, as amended, whether such vehicle is registered in the name of the Contractor or otherwise, j
except where there are designated areas within the Working Area where overloading is permitted.
The Contractor shall bear the onus of weighing disputed loads.
GC 7.06 Condition of the Working Area
.01 The Contractor shall maintain the Working Area in a tidy condition and free from the accumulation of
debris, other than that caused by the Owner or others. i
GC 7.06 Maintaining Roadways and Detours
i
.01 Where an existing Roadway is affected by construction, it shall be kept open to traffic, and the
Contractor shall, except as otherwise provided in this subsection, be responsible for providing and
maintaining for the duration of the Work, a road through the Working Area, whether along an existing
Highway, including the road under construction, or on detours within or adjacent to the Highway, in
accordance with the MUTCD.
.02 Tte-Contractor shall not be required to maintain a road through the Working Area until such time as
the Contractor has commenced operations or during seasonal shut down or on any part of the
Contract that has been accepted in accordance with these General Conditions. The Contractor shall
not be required to apply deicing chemicals or abrasives or carry out snowplowing.
.03 Where localized and separated sections of the Highway only are affected by the Contractor's
operations, the Contractor will not be required to maintain intervening sections of the Highway until
such times as these sections are located within the limits of the Highway affected by the Contractor's
general operations under the Contract.
.04 Where the Contract Documents provide for or the Contract Administrator requires detours at specific
locations, payment for the construction of the detours, and if required, for the subsequent removal of
the detours, will be made at the Contract prices appropriate to such work.
Page 30 OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999
.05 The Contractor shall maintain, in a satisfactory condition for traffic, a road through the Working Area,
at the Owner's expense. The road through the Working Area will include any detour constructed in
accordance with the Contract Documents or required by the Contract Administrator. Compensation
for all labour, equipment and materials to do this work shall be at the Contract prices appropriate to
the work and, where there are no such prices, at negotiated prices. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the cost of blading required to maintain the surface of such roads and detours shall be deemed to be
included in the prices bid for the various tender items and no additional payment will be made.
06, ``Where work under the'Contract is discontinued for any extended period including seasonal shutdown,
'the Contractor shall, when directed by the Contract Administrator, open and place the Roadway and
detours in a passable, safe and satisfactory condition for public travel.
.07 Where the Contractor constructs a detour which is not specifically provided .for in the Contract
Documents, or required by the Contract Administrator, the construction of the detour and, if required,
the subsequent removal shall be performed at the Contractor's expense. ..The detour shall be
constructed and maintained to structural and geometric standards approved by the Contract
Administrator. Removal and site restoration shall- be- performed. as directed by the Contract
Administrator.
.08 Where, with'the prior written approval of the Contract.Administrator, the Highway is closed and the
traffic diverted entirely off the Highway to any other Highway,the Contractor shall, at no extra cost to
the Owner, supply, erect and maintain traffic control devices in accordance with the MUTCD.
I
09 Compliance with the foregoing provisions shall in no way relieve the Contractor of obligations under
subsection GC 6.01;" Protection -of Work, Persons and,`Property, dealing with the. Contractors
i responsibility for damage claims, except for claims arising on sections of Highway within the Working
Area that are being maintained by others.
GC 7.07 Access to Properties Adjoining the Work and Interruption of Utility
Services
.01 The Contactor shall provide at all times, and at no extra cost to the Owner,
a) adequate pedestrian and vehicular access; and
b) continuity of Utility services
to properties adjoining the Working Area.
.02 The Contactor shall provide at all times and at no extra cost to the Owner access to fire hydrants,
and water and gas valves located in the Working Area.
.03 Where any interruptions in the supply of.Utility services are-required.and are authorized by the
Contact Administrator, the Contactor shall give the affected property owners notice in accordance
with subsection GC 7.11, Notices by the Contactor, and shall arrange such interruptions so as to
create a minimum of interference to those affected.
i
GC 7.08 Approvals and Permits
.01 Except as-specified in subsection GC 4.02;Approval and Permits, the Contactor shall obtain and pay
for any permits, licenses, and certificates which at the date of tender closing, are required for the
performance of the Work.
.02 The Contactor shall arrange for all necessary inspections required by the approvals and permits
specified in paragraph GC 7.08.01.
OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999 Page 31
r
GC 7.09 Suspension of Work
.01 The Contractor shall, upon written notice from the Contract Administrator, discontinue or delay any or
all of the Work and work shall not be resumed until the Contract Administrator so directs in writing.
Delays, in these circumstances,will be administered according to subsection GC 3.08, Delays.
GC 7.10 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work or Terminate the Contract
.01 If the Owner is adjudged bankrupt or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors because
of insolvency or if a receiver is appointed because of insolvency, the Contractor may, without
prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, by giving the Owner or receiver or
trustee in bankruptcy written notice, terminate the Contract. .
.02 if the Work is stopped or otherwise delayed for a period of 30 Days or more under an order of a court
or other public authority and provided that such order was not issued as the result of an act or fault of
.;the Contractor or of anyone directly employed or engaged by the Contractor, the Contractor may,
without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, by giving the Owner written
notice,terminate the Contract.
.03 The Contractor may notify the Owner in writing, with a copy to the Contract Administrator, that the
Owner is in default of contractual obligations if,
a) the Contract Administrator fails to issue certificates in accordance with the provisions of Section
GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment;
b) the Owner fails to pay the Contractor, within 30 Days of the due dates identified in clause GC
8.02.03, Certification and Payment, the amounts certified by the Contract Administrator or within
30 Days of an award by an arbitrator or court;or
c) the Owner violates the requirements of the Contract.
.04 The Contractor's written notice to the Owner shall advise that if the default is not corrected in the 7
Days immediately following the receipt of the written notice the Contractor may, without prejudice to
any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, stop the Work or terminate the Contract.
.05 If the Contractor terminates the Contract under the conditions set out in this subsection, the
Contractor shall be entitled to be paid for all work performed according to the Contract Documents
and for any losses or damage as the Contractor may sustain as a result of the termination of the
Contract.
GC 7A1 Notices by the Contractor
.01. Before work is carried out which may affect the property or operations of any Ministry or agency of
.government or any person, company, partnership or corporation, including a municipal corporation or
any board or commission thereof, and in addition to such notices of the commencement of specified
operations as are prescribed elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall give at least
48 hours advance written notice of the date of commencement of such work to the person, company,
partnership, corporation, board, or commission so affected.
i
.02 In the case of damage to, or interference with any utilities, pole lines, pipe lines, conduits, farm tiles,
or other public or privately owned works or property, the Contractor shall immediately notify the
Owner and the Contract Administrator of the location and details of such damage or interference.
i
Page 32 OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999
V
I
I
GC 7.12 Obstructions
.01 Except as otherwise noted in these General Conditions, the Contractor assumes all the risks and
responsibilities arising out of any obstruction encountered in the performance of the Work and any
traffic conditions, including traffic conditions on any Highway or road giving access to the Working
Area caused by such obstructions, and the Contractor shall not make any claim against the Owner for
any loss, damage or expense occasioned thereby.
.02 Where the,obstruction is z Utility or other man-made object, the Contractor shall not be required to
assume the risks 'and responsibilities arising out of such obstruction, unless the location of the .
obstruction is shown on the plans or described in the specifications and the location so shown is
within,the tolerance specified in paragraph GC 2.01.01 a), or unless the presence and location of the
obstruction has otherwise been made known to the Contractor or could have been determined by the
visual site investigation made by the Contractor in accordance with these General Conditions.
.03 During the course of the Contract, it is the Contractor's responsibility.to.consultwith Utility companies
..or other appropriate authorities for further information in regard to:the exact.location of these Utilities,
to exercise the necessary care in construction operations,and to take such other precautions as are
necessary to safeguard the Utility from damage.
i
GC 7.13 Limitations of Operations
.01 Except for such work as may be required by the Contract Administrator to maintain the Work in a safe
and satisfactory condition, the Contractor shall not carry on operations under the Contract on
Sundays without permission in writing from the Contract Administrator.
.02 The Contractor shall cooperate with other Contractors, Utility companies and the Owner and they
shall be allowed access to their work or plant at all reasonable times.
GC 7.14 Cleaning Up Before Acceptance
.01 Upon attaining Substantial Performance of the Work, the Contractor shall remove surplus materials,
tools, construction machinery and equipment not required for the performance of the remaining Work.
The Contractor shall also remove all temporary works and debris other than that caused by the
Owner, or others and leave the Work and Working Area clean and suitable for occupancy by the
Owner unless otherwise specified.
.02 The Work shall not be deemed to have reached Completion-until the Contractor has removed surplus
materials, tools, construction machinery and equipment. The Contractor shall also have removed
debris, other than that caused by the Owner, or others.
GC 7.15 Warranty
.01 The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper performance of the Work only to the extent that the
design and specifications permit such performance.
i
.02 Subject#o the previous paragraph the Contractor shall correct promptly, at no additional cost to the
Owner, defects or deficiencies in the Work which appear,
a) prior to and during the period of 12 months from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work,
as set out in the Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work,
b) where the work is completed after the date of Substantial Performance, 12 months after
Completion of the Work,
c) where there is no Certificate of Substantial Performance, 12 months from the date of Completion
of the Work as set out in the Completion Certificate, or
OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999 Page 33
r
• I
d) such longer periods as may be specified for certain Materials or some of the Work.
The Contract Administrator will promptly give the Contractor written notice of observed defects or
deficiencies.
.03 The Contractor shall correct or pay for damage resulting from corrections made under the
requirements of paragraph GC 7.15.02.
I
i
i
i
I
i
i
Page 34 OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999
I
SECTION GC 8.0-MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
GC 8.01 Measurement
GC 8.01.01 Quantities
.01 The Contract Administrator will make an estimate once a month, in writing, of the quantity of Work
performed. The first estimate will be the quantity of Work performed since the Contractor
commenced the Contract,'and every subsequent estimate; except the final one,will be of the.quantity
of Work performed since the preceding estimate was made. The Contract Administrator will provide
the copy of each estimate to the Contractor within 10 Days of the Cut-Off Date.
x.02 Such quantities for progress payments,shall be construed and held to approximate. The final
quantities for the issuance of the Completion'Certificate shall be based on the measurement of Work
completed.
.03 Measurement of the quantities of the Work performed will be either by-Actual Measurement or by
Plan Quantity principles as indicated in the4Contract."Adjustments to,,-,Plan-Quantity measurements
will normally be made using Plan Quantity-principles-but may, where appropriate, be made using
Actual Measurements. Those items identified on the Tender by the notation (P) in the unit column
shall be paid according to the Plan Quantity. Items where the notation (P) does not occur shall be .
paid according to Actual Measurement.
1
GC 8.01.02 Variations in Tender Quantities
.01 Where it appears that the quantity of Work to be done and/or Material to be supplied by the
Contractor under a unit price tender item will exceed or be less than the tender quantity, the
Contractor shall proceed to do the Work and/or supply the Material required to complete the tender
item and payment will be made for the actual amount of Work done and/or Material supplied at the
unit prices stated in the Tender except as provided below:
a) In.the case of a Major Item where the quantity of Work performed and/or Material supplied by the
Contractor exceeds the tender quantity by more than 15%, either party to the Contract may make
a written request to the other party to negotiate a revised unit price for that portion of the Work
performed and/or Material supplied which exceeds 115% of the tender quantity. The negotiation
shall be carried out as soon as reasonably possible. Any revision of the unit price shall be based
on the reasonable cost of doing the Work and/or supplying the Material under the tender item plus
a reasonable allowance for profit and applicable overhead.
b) In the case of a Major Item where the`quantityof,Work performed and/or,Matedal supplied by the
Contractor is less than 85% of the tender quantity, the Contractor may make a written request to
negotiate for the portion of the actual"overheads,and-fixed costs,applicable.to the amount of the
underrun in excess of 15%of the tender quantity: For purposes of the-negotiation, the overheads
and fixed costs*applicable to the item are deemed to have been prorated uniformly over 100% of
the tender quantity for the item. Overhead costs shall be confirmed by a statement certified by the
Contractor's senior financial officer or auditor and may be audited by the Owner. Alternatively,
where both parties agree, an allowance equal to 10% of the unit price on the amount of the
underrun in excess of 15%of the tender quantity will be paid.
Written requests for compensation must be received no later than 60 Days after the issuance of the
Completion Certificate.
i
GC 8.02 Payment
GC 8.02.01 Price for Work
i
.01 Prices for the Work shall be full compensation for all labour, Equipment and Material required in its
performance. .The term "all labour, Equipment and Material" shall include Hand Tools, supplies and
other incidentals.
OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999 Page 35
.02 Payment for work not specifically detailed as part of any one item and without specified details of
payment will be deemed to be included in the items with which it is associated. ;
GC 8.02.02 Advance Payments for Material
.01 The Owner will make advance payments for Material intended for incorporation in the Work upon the
written request of the Contractor and according to the following terms and conditions:
a) The Contractor shall, in advance of receipt of the shipment of the Material, arrange for adequate
and proper storage facilities and notify the Contract Administrator of their locations.
b) The value of aggregates, processed and stockpiled,shall be assessed by the following procedure:
L Sources Other Than Commercial
(1)Qranular'A', 'B'and'M'shall be assessed at the rate of 60%of the Contract price.
(2)Coarse and fine aggregates for hot mix asphaltic concrete, surface treatment and Portland
cement concrete shall be assessed at the rate of 25% of the Contract price for each
aggregate stockpiled.
Commercial Sources
Payment for separated coarse and fine aggregates will be considered at the above rate when
such materials are stockpiled at a commercial source where further processing is to be carried
out before incorporating such materials into a final product. Advance payments for other
materials located at a commercial source will not be made.
c) Payment for all other materials, unless otherwise specified elsewhere in the Contract, shall be j
based on the invoice price, and the Contractor shall submit proof of cost to the Contract
Administrator before payment can be made by the Owner.
d) The payment for all Materials shall be prorated against the appropriate tender item by paying for
sufficient units of the item to cover the value of the material. Such payment shall not exceed 80%
of the Contract price for the item.
e) All Materials for which the Contractor wishes to receive advance payment shall be placed in the
designated storage location immediately upon receipt of the material and shall thenceforth be held
by the Contractor in trust for the Owner as collateral security for any monies advanced by the
Owner and for the due completion of the Work. The Contractor shall not exercise any act of
ownership inconsistent with such security, or remove any Material from the storage locations,
except for inclusion in the Work,without the consent, in writing, of the Contract Administrator.
f) Such materials shall remain at the risk of the Contractor who shall be responsible for any loss,
damage,theft, improper use or destruction of the material however caused.
.02 Where the Owner makes advance payments subject to the conditions listed in paragraph GC
8.02.02.01, such payment shall not constitute acceptance of the Material by the Owner. Acceptance
shall only be determined when the material meets the requirements of the appropriate specification.
GC 8.02.03 Certification and Payment
Y.
GC 8.d2:03.01 Progress Payment Certificate
i
.01 The value of the Work performed and Material supplied will be calculated once a month by the
Contract Administrator in accordance with the Contract Documents and clause GC 8.01.01,
Quantities.
.02 The progress Payment Certificate will show,
a) the quantities of Work performed; j
b) the value of Work performed;
C) any advanced payment for Materials;
d) the amount of statutory holdback, liens, Owner's set-off;
e) the amount of GST as applicable; and
f) the amount due the Contractor.
Page 36 OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999
I
.03 One copy of the progress Payment Certificate will be sent to the Contractor.
.04 Payment will be made within 30 Days of the Cut-Off Date.
GC 8.02.03.02 Certification of Subcontract Completion
.01 Before the Work has reached the stage of Substantial Performance, the Contractor may notify the
Contract Administrator, in writing that a subcontract is completed satisfactorily and ask that the
Contract Administrator certify:the completion of such subcontract.
.02 The Contract Administrator will issue a Certificate of Subcontract Completion if the subcontract has
been completed satisfactorily, and all required inspection and testing of the works covered by the
subcontract have been carried out and the results are satisfactory.
.03 The'Contract`Administrator will set out in the Certificate of Subcontract.Completion the date on which
the subcontract was completed and within*7 Days of the date the subcontract is certified complete,
the Contract Administrator will give a copy-of the.certificate to the Contractor and;to the Subcontractor
concerned.
j GC 8.02.03.03 Subcontract Statutory Holdback Release Certificate.and Payment
i
.01 Following receipt of the Certificate of Subcontract Completion, the Owner will release and pay the
j Contractor the statutory holdback retained in respect of the subcontract.. Such release shall be made
j 46 Days after the date the subcontract-was certified complete and providing,the Contractor,submits
the following to the Contract Administrator
a) a document satisfactory to the Contract Administrator that will release the Owner from all further
claims relating to the subcontract, qualified by stated exceptions such as holdback monies;
b) evidence satisfactory to the Contract Administrator that the Subcontractor has discharged all
liabilities incurred in carrying out the subcontract;
c) a satisfactory clearance certificate or letter from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board
relating to the subcontract;and
d) a copy of the contract between the Contractor and the Subcontractor and a satisfactory statement
showing the total amount due the Subcontractor from the Contractor.
.02 Paragraph GC 8.02.03.03.01 d), will only apply to Lump Sum Items and then only when the Contract
Administrator specifically requests it
.03 Upon receipt of the statutory holdback, the Contractor shall Jorthwith -give.the Subcontractor the
payment due under the subcontract.
.04 Release of statutory holdback by the Owner- in respect of a• subcontract shall not relieve the
Contractor, or the Contractor's Surety, of any of their responsibilities.
o
GC 8.02.03.04 Certification of Substantial Performance
.01 Upon application by the Contractor and where the Contract has been substantially performed the
Contract Administrator will issue a Certificate of Substantial Performance.
I
.02 The Contract Administrator will set out in the Certificate of Substantial Performance the date on which
the Contract was substantially performed and within 7 Days after signing the said certificate the
Contract Administrator will provide a copy to the Contractor.
.03 Upon receipt of a copy of the Certificate of Substantial Performance, the Contractor shall forthwith, as
required by Section 32(1) Paragraph 5 of the Construction Lien Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.C.30, as
amended, publish a copy of the certificate in a construction trade newspaper. Such publication shall
include placement in the Daily Commercial News.
OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999 Page 37
1 1
rI
vi
.04 Where the Contractor fails to publish a copy of the Certificate of Substantial Performance as required
above within 7 Days after receiving a copy of the certificate signed by the Contract Administrator, the tl
Owner may publish a copy of the certificate at the Contractor's expense.
i
.05 Except as otherwise provided for in Section 31 of the Construction Lien Act, the 45-day lien period
prior to the release of holdback as referred to in clause GC 8.02.03.05, Substantial Performance
Payment and Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates, shall commence from the date of
publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance as provided for above.
GG-8.02.03.05 Substantial Performance Payment and Substantial Performance Statutory
Holdback Release Payment Certificates
.01 When the Contract Administrator issues the Certificate of Substantial Performance the Contract
Administrator will also issue the Substantial Performance Payment Certificate and the Substantial
Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate or where appropriate, a combined
ipayment certificate.
.02 ,:The Substantial Performance Payment Certificate will show,
4 the value of Work performed to the date of Substantial Performance;
b) the value of outstanding or incomplete Work;
c) the amount of the statutory holdback, allowing for any previous releases of statutory holdback to
the Contractor in respect of completed subcontracts and deliveries of pre-selected equipment;
d) the amount of maintenance security required; and
e) the amount due the Contractor.
.03 Payment of the amount certified will be made within 30 Days of the date of issuance of the payment
certificate.
.04 The Substantial Performance Statuto ry Holdback Release Payment Certificate will be a payment
certificate releasing to the Contractor the statutory holdback due in respect of Work performed up to
the date of Substantial Performance. Payment of such statutory holdback shall be due 46 Days after
the date of publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance but subject to the provisions of
the Construction Lien Act and the submission by the Contractor of the following documents:
a) a release by the Contractor in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator releasing the
Owner from all further claims relating to the Contract, qualified by stated exceptions such as
outstanding work or matters arising out of subsection GC 3.14, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation;
b) a statutory declaration in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator that all liabilities incurred
,�:,by the Contractor and the Contractor's Subcontractors in carrying out the Contract have been
i7 discharged except for statutory holdbacks properly retained; j
c).,a satisfactory Certificate of Clearance from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board; and
. proof of publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance.
GC 8.02.03.06 Certification of Completion
.01 Upon application by the Contractor, and when the Contract reaches Completion, the Contract
Administrator will issue a Completion Certificate.
.02 The Contract Administrator will set out in the Completion Certificate the date on which the Work was
completed and within 7 Days of signing the said certificate the Contract Administrator will provide a
copy to the Contractor.
i
Page 38 OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999
i
GC 8.02.03.07 Completion Payment and Completion Statutory Holdback Release
Payment Certificates
.01 When the Contract Administrator issues the Completion Certificate, the Contract Administrator will
also issue the Completion Payment Certificate and the Completion Statutory Holdback Release
Payment Certificate or where appropriate, a combined payment certificate.
.02 The Completion Payment Certificate will show,
a) measurement and value of Work at Completion;
b) the amount of the further'statutory holdback based on the value of further work completed over
and above the value of work completed shown in the Substantial Performance Payment Certificate
referred to above; and
c) the amount due the Contractor.
.03 The Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate will be a payment certificate
releasing to the Contractor the further statutory holdback: `Payment of..such:.sWtutory holdback shall
be due 46 Days after the date of Completion tof the-Work as established by,the-;Completion Certificate
but subject to the provisions of the Construction Lien Act and.the submission-by the Contractor of the
following documents:
a) a release by the Contractor in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator releasing the
Owner from all further claims relating to the Contract, qualified by stated exceptions where
appropriate;
b) a statutory declaration in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator that all liabilities incurred
by the Contractor and the Contractor's Subcontractors in carrying out the Contract have been
discharged, qualified by stated exceptions where appropriate; and
c) a satisfactory Certificate of Clearance from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board.
GC 8.02.03.08 Interest
01 Interest due the Contractor is based on simple interest and is calculated using the applicable Rate of
Interest.
GC 8.02.03.09 Interest for Late Payment
.01 Provided the Contractor has complied with the requirements of the Contract including all
documentation requirements, when payment by the Owner to the Contractor for Work performed, or
for release of statutory holdback, is delayed by the Owner, then the Contractor shall be entitled to
receive interest on the outstanding payment at the Rate of Interest,=if,payment=is not received on the
dates set out below:
a) Progress Payment Certificates: 30 Days after the Cut-Off Date;
b) Certificate of Subcontract Completion: •30 Days'after the date certified as the date on.which the
subcontract was completed;
c) Subcontract Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate: 76 Days after the date on which the
subcontract was completed;
d) Substantial Performance Payment Certificate: 30 Days after the date of issuance of the certificate.
e) Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate: 76 Days after
publication of the Payment Certificate of Substantial Performance;
j f) Completion Payment Certificate: 30 Days after the date certified as the date on which the
Contract reached Completion;
g) Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate: 76 Days after the date certified as
the date which the Work was completed.
.02 if the Contractor has not complied with the requirements of the Contract, including all documentation
requirements, prior to expiration of the time periods described in paragraph GC 8.02.03.09.01,
interest will only begin to accrue when the Contractor has completed those requirements.
OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999 Page 39
GC 8.02.03.10 Interest for Negotiations and Claims !
.01 Except as hereinafter provided, where a notice of negotiation, notice of intent to claim and the ?
subsequent claims are submitted in accordance with the time limits and/or procedure described by
subsection GC 3.14, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, the Owner will pay the Contractor the Rate of
Interest on the amount of the negotiated price for that part of the Work or on the amount of the settled
claim. Such interest will not commence until 30 Days after the satisfactory completion of that part of
the Work.
.02 ',-Where the Contractor does not attempt to resolve the negotiation or the claim in an expeditious
manner, interest shall be negotiable.
.03 ..Where the Contractor fails to give notice of a claim within the time limit prescribed by subsection GC
3.14, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, interest shall not be paid.
.04 ,;1f111here a Contractor fails to comply with the 30-day time limit and the procedures prescribed in
paragraph GC 3.14.03.03 for submission of claims, interest shall not be paid for the delay period.
GC 8:02.03.11 Owner's Set-Off
.01 .Pursuant to Section 12 of the Construction Lien Act, the Owner may retain from monies owing to the
Contractor under this Contract an amount sufficient to cover any outstanding or disputed liabilities
including the cost to remedy deficiencies, the reduction in value of substandard portions of the Work,
claims for damages by third parties which have not been determined in writing by the Contractor's
insurer, undetermined claims by the Owner under paragraph GC 8.01.02.01 a), any assessment due
the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board and any monies to be paid to the workers in accordance
with clause GC 8.02.06, Payment of Workers.
.02 Under these circumstances the Owner will give the Contractor appropriate notice of such action.
GC 8.02.03.12 Delay in Payment
.01 The Owner shall not be deemed to be in default of the Contract provided any delay in payment does
not exceed 30 Days from the due dates as defined in paragraph GC 8.02.03.09.01.
GC 8.02.04 Payment on a Time and Material Basis
GC 8.02.04.01 Definitions
.01 For the purpose of this clause the following definitions apply:
Cost of Labour: means the amount of wages, salary, travel, travel time,food, lodging or similar items and
Payroll Burden paid or incurred directly by the Contractor to or in respect of labour and supervision actively
and necessarily engaged on the Work based on the recorded time and hourly rates of pay for such labour
and supervision, but shall not include any payment or costs incurred for general supervision,
administration of management time spent on the entire Work or any wages, salary or Payroll Burden for
which the Contractor is compensated pe by any payment made by the Owner for Equipment.
Cost of Material: means the cost of Material purchased, or supplied from stock, and valued at current
market prices, for the purpose of carrying out Extra Work, by the Contractor, or by others when such
arrangements have been made by the Contractor for completing the Work,as shown by itemized invoices.
Operated Rented Equipment: means Rented Equipment for which an operator is provided by the
supplier of the equipment and for which the rent or lease includes the cost of the operator.
Page 40 OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999
I
I
Payroll Burden: means the payments in respect of workplace insurance, vacation pay, employment
insurance, public liability and property damage insurance, sickness and accident insurance, pension fund
and such other welfare and benefit payments forming part of the Contractor's normal labour costs.
Rented Equipment: means equipment that is rented or leased for the special purpose of Work on a Time
and Material Basis from a person, firm or corporation that is not an associate of the lessee as defined by
the Securities Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.S.5, as amended, and is approved by the Contract Administrator.
Road Work: .means the preparation, construction,,finishing and construction maintenance of roads,
'streets, highways and parking lots and includes all work incidental thereto other than work on structures.
Sewer and rWatermain Work: means the preparation, construction, finishing and construction
maintenance of sewer systems and watermain systems, and includes all work incidental thereto other than
work on structures.
Standby Time:"means anyperiod of time which is'not:considered Working:Tmecand which together with
the Working Time does not exceed 10 hours.in any one Working Day and .during which time a unit of
equipment cannot practically be used on other-work but must-remain.on the site]n order to.continue with
its assigned task and during which time the unit is in fully operable condition.
i
Structure Work: means the construction, reconstruction, repair, alteration, remodelling, renovation or
demolition of any bridge, building,tunnel or retaining wall and includes the preparation for and the laying of
the foundation of any'bridge, building, tunnel or,retaining wall and the installation of equipment and
appurtenances incidental thereto.
The 127 Rate: means the rate for a unit of equipment as listed in OPSS 127, Schedule of Rental Rates
for Construction Equipment Including Model and Specification Reference, which is current at the time the
work is carried out or for equipment which is not so listed, the rate which has been calculated by the
Owner, using the same principles as used in determining The 127 Rates.
Work on a Time and Material Basis: means Changes in the Work, Extra Work and Additional Work
approved by the Contract Administrator for payment on a Time and Material,basis. The Work on a Time
and,,Material Basis shall be subject to all the terms, conditions, specifications and provisions of the
Contract
Working Time: means each period of time during which a unit of equipment is actively and of necessity
-engaged on a specific operation and the first 2 hours of each immediately following period during which
the unit is not so engaged but during which-the operation-is.otherwise-proceeding and during which time
the unit cannot practically be transferred to otherwork but must remain on the site in order to continue with
its assigned tasks and during which time the unit is.in a fully operable condition.
GC 8.02.04.02 Daily Work Records
.01 Daily Work Records prepared as the case may be by either the Contractor's representative or the
Contract-Administrator and reporting the labour and Equipment employed and the Material used on
each Time and Material project, shall be reconciled and signed each day by both the Contractor's
representative and the Contract Administrator.
I
GC 8.02.04.03 Payment for Work
.01 Payment as herein provided shall be full compensation for all labour, Equipment and Material to do
the Work on a Time and Material Basis except where there is agreement to the contrary prior to the
commencement of the Work on a Time and Material Basis. The payment adjustments on a Time and
Material basis shall apply to each individual Change Order authorized by the Contract Administrator.
OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999 Page 41
GC 8.02.04.04 Payment for Labour
.01 The Owner will pay the Contractor for labour employed on each Time and Material project at 135% of
the Cost of Labour up to $3000, then at 120% of any portion of the Cost of Labour in excess of
$3000.
.02 The Owner will make payment in respect of Payroll Burden for Work on a Time and Material Basis at
the Contractor's actual cost of Payroll Burden.
.03->=At the Owner's discretion, an audit may be conducted in which case the actual Payroll Burden so j
determined shall be applied to all Time and Material work on the Contract.
GC 8.02.04.05 Payment for Material
.01 The Owner will pay the Contractor for Material used on each Time and Material project at 120%of the
,-,Cost of the Material up to $3000, then at 115% of any portion of the Cost of Material in excess of
:4:600.
GC 81)2.04.06 Payment for Equipment
GC 8.02.04.06.01 Working Time
.01 The Owner will pay the Contractor for the Working Time of all equipment other than Rented
Equipment and Operated Rented Equipment used on the Work on a Time and Material basis at The
127 Rates with a cost adjustment as follows:
a) Cost$10,000 or less-no adjustment;
b) Cost greater than $10,000 but not exceeding $20,000 - payment$10,000 plus 90% of the portion
in excess of$10,000; and
c) Cost greater than$20,000-$19,000 plus 80%of the portion in excess of$20,000.
.02 The Owner will pay the Contractor for the Working Time of Rented Equipment used on the Work on a
Time and Material Basis at 110% of the invoice price approved by the Contract Administrator up to a
maximum of 1.10% of The 127 Rate. This constraint will be waived when the Contract Administrator
approves the invoice price prior to the use of the Rented Equipment.
.03 The Owner will pay the Contractor for the Working Time of Operated Rented Equipment used on the
Work on a Time and Material Basis at 110% of the Operated Rented Equipment invoice price
approved by the Contract Administrator prior to the use of the equipment on the Work on a.Time and
Material Basis.
GC 8:02:04.06.02 Standby Time
r
.01 The Owner will pay the Contractor for Standby Time of Equipment at 35% of The 127 Rate or 35% of
the invoice price whichever is appropriate. The Owner will pay reasonable costs for Rented
Equipment where this is necessarily retained in the Working Area for extended periods agreed to by
the Contract Administrator. This will include Rented Equipment intended for use on other work, but
has been idled due to the circumstances giving rise to the Work on a Time and Material Basis.
.02 In addition, the Owner will include the Cost of Labour of operators or associated labourers who
cannot be otherwise employed during the standby period or.during the period of idleness caused by
the circumstances giving rise to the Work on a Time and Material Basis.
.03 The Contract Administrator may require Rented Equipment idled by the circumstances giving rise to
the Work on Time and Material Basis to be returned to the lessor until the work requiring the
equipment can be resumed. The Owner will pay such costs as result from such return.
i
Page 42 OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999
.04 When Equipment is transported, solely for the purpose of the Work on a Time and Material Basis, to
or from the Working Area on a Time and Material basis, payment will be made by the Owner only in
respect of the transporting units. When Equipment is moved under its own power it shall be deemed
to be working. The method of moving Equipment and the rates shall be subject to the approval of the
i
Contract Administrator.
GC 8.02.04.07 Payment for Hand Tools
.01 Notwithstanding any.other provision of this,-Section, no payment shall.be.made to.the.Contractor for
or in respect of Hand Tools or equipment that are tools of the trade.
GC 8.02.04.08 Payment for Work By Subcontractors
.01 Where the Contractor arranges for Work on a Time and Material Basis, or a part of it, to be performed
by Subcontractors, on, a Jime and Material ,basis. and has .received .approval.. prior to the
commencement of. such'.work;,in accordance with .the;requirements;aof-;subsection GC 3.10,
Subcontracting by the Contractor,the Owner will pay,the;cost-of 1Nork-on is Time:and Material Basis
by the Subcontractor calculated as if the Contractor had•done•the Workon.a Time,and Material Basis,
plus,a markup calculated on the following basis:
a) 20%of the first$3,000; plus
b) 15%of the amount from$3,000 to$10,000; plus
c) 5%of the amount in excess of$10,000.
:02
No further markup will be applied regardless-of the extent to which.the work is assigned or sublet to
others. If work is assigned.or,sublet,to an associate,.as defined by the,Securities Act no markup
whatsoever will be applied.
GC 8.02.04.09 Submission of Invoices
01 At the start of the Work-on a Time and Material Basis, the Contractor shall.provide.,the applicable
labour and Equipment rates not already submitted to the Contract Administrator during the course of
such work.
02 Separate,summaries shall be completed by the Contractor according to the standard form,"Summary
for Payment of Accounts on a Time.and Material Basis". Each summary shall include,the order
number and covering dates of the work and shall itemize separately labour, Materials and Equipment.
Invoices for Materials, Rented Equipment and other charges incurred by the Contractor on the Work
on a Time and Material Basis shall be included with each summary.
.03 Each month the Contract:Administrator will include with the.monthlyr progress-payment certificate, the
costs of the Work on a Time and Material Basis incurred during the preceding month all in
accordance with the contract administrative procedures and the Contractor's invoice of the Work on a
Time and Material Basis.
.04 The final"Summary for Payment of Accounts on a Time and Material Basis"shall be submitted by the
Contractor within 60 Days after the completion of the Work on a Time and Material Basis.
GC 8.02.05 Final Acceptance Certificate
.01 After. the .acceptance of the .Work the Contract Administrator will issue the Final Acceptance
Certificate, or, where applicable, after the Warranty Period has expired. The Final Acceptance
Certificate will not be issued until all known deficiencies have been adjusted or corrected, as the case
may be, and the Contractor has discharged all obligations under the Contract.
OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999 Page 43
S
GC 8.02.06 Payment of Workers •
.01 The Contractor shall, in addition to any fringe benefits, pay the workers employed on the Work in
accordance with the labour conditions set out in the Contract and at intervals of not less than twice a
month.
.02 The Contractor shall require each Subcontractor doing any part of the Work to pay the workers
employed by the Subcontractor on the Work in accordance with paragraph GC 8.02.06.01.
.03 Where any person employed by the Contractor or any Subcontractor or other person on the Work is
paid less than the amount required to be paid under the Contract, the Owner may set off monies in
accordance with clause GC 8.02.03.11, Owner's Set-Off.
GC 8.02.07 Records
.01 The Contractor shall maintain and keep accurate Records relating to the Work, Changes in the Work,
Extra Work and claims arising therefrom. Such Records shall be of sufficient detail to support the
total cost of the Work, Changes in the Work, and Extra Work. The Contractor shall preserve all such
original Records until 12 months after the Final Acceptance Certificate is issued or until all claims
have been settled, whichever is longer. The Contractor shall require that Subcontractors employed
by the Contractor preserve all original Records pertaining to the Work, Changes in the Work, Extra
Work and claims arising therefrom for a similar period of time.
.02 If, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, Daily Work Records are required, such records shall
report the labour and Equipment employed and the Material used on any specific portion of the Work.
The Daily Work Records shall be reconciled with and signed by the Contractor's representative each
day.
i
.03 The Owner may inspect and audit the Contractor's Records relating to the Work, Extra Work and
Changes in the Work at any time during the period of the Contract. The Contractor shall supply
certified copies of any part of its Records required whenever requested by the Owner.
GC 8.02.08 Taxes and Duties
.01 Where a change in Canadian Federal or Provincial taxes occurs after the date of tender closing for
this Contract, and this change could not have been anticipated at the time of bidding, the Owner will
increase or decrease Contract payments to account for the exact amount of tax change involved.
.02 Claims for compensation for additional tax cost shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Contract
Administrator on forms provided by the Contract Administrator to the Contractor. Such claims for
additional tax costs shall be submitted not less than 30 Days after the date of Final Acceptance.
.03 Where the Contractor benefits from a change in Canadian Federal or Provincial taxes, the Contractor
shall submit to the Contract Administrator, on forms provided by the Contract Administrator, a
statement of such benefits. This statement shall be submitted not later than 30 Days after Final
Acceptance.
.04 Changes in Canadian Federal or Provincial taxes which impact upon commodities, which when left in
place form part of the finished Work, or the provision of services,where such services form part of the
Work and where the manufacture or supply of such commodities or the provision of such services is
carried out by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, are subject to a claim or benefit as detailed above.
Services in the latter context means the supply and operation of equipment, the provision of labour
and the supply of commodities, which do not form part of the Work.
i
i
Page 44 OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999
GC 8.02.09 Liquidated Damages
.01 When liquidated damages are specified in the Contract and the Contractor fails to complete the Work
in accordance with the Contract, the Contractor shall pay such amounts as are specified in the
Contract Documents.
I
I
OPS General Conditions of Contract-September 1999 Page 45
d